WO2017067436A1 - Downlink synchronization method, user equipment and base station - Google Patents

Downlink synchronization method, user equipment and base station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017067436A1
WO2017067436A1 PCT/CN2016/102381 CN2016102381W WO2017067436A1 WO 2017067436 A1 WO2017067436 A1 WO 2017067436A1 CN 2016102381 W CN2016102381 W CN 2016102381W WO 2017067436 A1 WO2017067436 A1 WO 2017067436A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
synchronization
special subframe
base station
radio frame
frequency base
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/102381
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄磊
王艺
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2017067436A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017067436A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, a user equipment, and a base station for downlink synchronization in a high and low frequency hybrid networking system.
  • the high frequency band represented by the millimeter wave band is mainly used in indoor short-range communication scenarios.
  • the high-frequency path loss is large, the ability to penetrate obstacles is weak, and there is a severe rain attenuation effect at some frequencies, which seriously restricts the application of high-frequency bands in outdoor scenes.
  • the high frequency band is easy to implement a large-scale array antenna, and can achieve a large directional antenna gain by beam-forming technology, thereby effectively compensating for its high path loss, which is also high in the outdoor frequency band.
  • the application of medium to long distance transmission of the scene offers the possibility.
  • the higher the frequency band the smaller the range that can be covered, and the larger the array antenna available to the base station.
  • the base station array antenna can have a size of 1024 antenna array units.
  • the radius of the cell can be covered from 50 meters to 200 meters, and the size of the base station array antenna can reach 256 antenna array units.
  • High-frequency array antennas are used in high-frequency systems to form directional beams with high gain, which can overcome the high path loss caused by high frequency bands and improve link coverage.
  • directional beams present challenges to the design and transmission of broadcast channels, control channels, synchronization channels, and random access channels.
  • the transmission of the above-mentioned channels is realized by transmission and reception of an omnidirectional antenna.
  • the base station transmits the above channel information through the omnidirectional antenna, and all the user equipments covered by the base station can be successfully received.
  • uplink control channel random access
  • the user equipment sends the above channel information once, and the associated base station can successfully receive the omnidirectional antenna.
  • the signal transmitted through one directional beam can only cover a small part of a certain direction, and the corresponding information cannot be successfully received outside the area. . Therefore, in order to obtain the effect of omnidirectional coverage in existing mobile communication systems, it is necessary to traverse all directional beam combinations of the transmitting end and the receiving end. If the transceivers are all directional beams, the number of beam combinations described above is very large, which will lead to a sharp increase in high-frequency system overhead.
  • both the base station and the user equipment can perform beamforming using a large-scale antenna array by adjusting the phase, amplitude, and/or digital weighting vectors on multiple radio frequency (RF) channels of each antenna unit.
  • RF radio frequency
  • Directional beams of different widths can be formed.
  • the beamwidth of a wide beam is more than twice the beamwidth of a narrow beam.
  • the high path loss caused by the high frequency band needs to be compensated by the high beam gain of the antenna array.
  • the acquisition of high beam gain is based on beam alignment at both ends of the transceiver. Once the beam is mis-aligned at both ends, the received signal quality will drop dramatically and normal data communication will be interrupted. Therefore, in the high-frequency communication system, in order to ensure normal data communication, beam training and beam tracking are required to be performed periodically or irregularly, so that the transmitting and receiving ends can adopt the optimal transmitting and receiving beam pairs. The transmission of data.
  • each wireless subframe reserves part of resources for transmission of a downlink synchronization signal, which is a distributed transmission mode.
  • the user equipment needs to perform downlink comparison of the synchronization signals of multiple wireless subframes to achieve downlink synchronization of the system. This method of synchronization takes a long time, causing a large overhead and further affecting the performance of the system.
  • the invention provides a method for downlink synchronization in a high-low frequency hybrid networking, which can save overhead and improve system performance.
  • a method for downlink synchronization including:
  • the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high-frequency base station, and the synchronization information is carried by the synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special sub-frame
  • the frame includes a downlink synchronization and a beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are a positive integer greater than one;
  • the user equipment synchronizes according to the synchronization information.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes at least one general subframe, where the general subframe is used for transmitting data.
  • the data is transmitted by the general sub-frame, and the synchronization signal is transmitted by the special sub-frame.
  • the user equipment can perform downlink synchronization according to the tight frame structure, and the synchronization overhead is small, thereby improving the high-low frequency networking system. Synchronize efficiency and improve system performance.
  • each of the sub-intervals includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols.
  • the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol is used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal.
  • the specific sequence includes an identifier ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a sub-interval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the ID of the time slice in which the specific sequence is located may be replaced with the ID of the transmission beam.
  • the specific sequence may also include the ID of the high frequency base station.
  • each subinterval further includes Nd subsequent to the Nd time slices Switch the guard interval SGP.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station uses Nd different transmit beams Send in order.
  • the user equipment in the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, that the user equipment receives the synchronization information that is sent by the high frequency base station, including: the user equipment Receiving the Nu subintervals separately using Nu different receiving beams Synchronization signal. That is, the user equipment uses one receive beam to receive Nd sync signals on one subinterval.
  • the high frequency base station in the first special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station Transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, the synchronization signal; in a second special subframe of the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal by using a second sequence of transmit beams, where The second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe, where the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, where the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame; wherein the second synchronization radio frame is adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame The next sync radio frame.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes; the first special subframe For the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes; where N is a positive integer, i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the user equipment in the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, that the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, including: the user equipment Determining a starting position of the synchronization detecting window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment separately receives the Nu group synchronization signal from the starting position by using Nu different receiving beams, wherein each group The sync signal includes Nd sync signals.
  • the user equipment further receives the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station. Specifically, the user equipment determines the starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the frame structure used by the low frequency base station to transmit the low frequency signal. In this way, the user equipment determines the starting point of the synchronization by the low frequency assistance, making the high frequency synchronization more efficient.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting by the first sequence .
  • the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency of the system Delay.
  • the user equipment Due to the high and low frequency delays in the system, the user equipment has a synchronization dead zone when synchronizing.
  • the cyclic shift greater than the high and low frequency delays it is ensured that the user equipment receives the synchronization signal that is originally in the synchronization dead zone, so that the user equipment can quickly obtain the high frequency downlink synchronization.
  • the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, where The CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are sequentially used by the high frequency base station by using Nd transmit beams And transmitting, wherein the K synchronization signals are sequentially transmitted by the high frequency base station using the first K transmission beams of the Nd transmission beams.
  • the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, including: the user The device determines a first start position of the first synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment separately receives the Nu group synchronization signal from the first start position by using different receiving beams of Nu
  • the set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals; the user equipment determines a second start position of the second synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system and the additional reception delay; the user The device receives the Nu group synchronization signals from the second starting position using Nu different receiving beams, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
  • the user equipment further receives the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station. Specifically, the user equipment determines the starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the frame structure used by the low frequency base station to transmit the low frequency signal. In this way, the user equipment determines the starting point of the synchronization by the low frequency assistance, making the high frequency synchronization more efficient.
  • the second special subframe is located after the first special subframe The first special subframe.
  • the additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment.
  • the additional receiving delay may be pre-configured in the user equipment according to the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the additional receiving delay is that the user equipment is from the low frequency Obtained by the base station.
  • the low frequency base station may determine the additional receiving delay according to the high and low frequency delay of the system, and send the determined additional receiving delay to the user equipment.
  • the additional receiving delay is sent by the user equipment by using the low frequency base station Obtained by RRC signaling. That is to say, the RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station to the user equipment includes an additional reception delay.
  • the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system
  • the length of the time slice occupied by the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay.
  • the user equipment Due to the high and low frequency delays in the system, the user equipment has a synchronization dead zone when synchronizing.
  • an additional reception delay greater than the high and low frequency delay and setting a CP greater than the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional reception delay it is possible to ensure that the user equipment receives the synchronization signal that is originally in the synchronization dead zone, thereby enabling the user to The device quickly obtains high frequency downlink synchronization.
  • the twenty-first possible implementation manner of the first aspect before the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, Receiving RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station, where the RRC signaling includes: a frequency point used by the high frequency base station, and/or a value of Nd.
  • the value of Nd is related to the frequency used by the high frequency base station. Then, if the RRC signaling includes the value of Nd, the user equipment can directly know the value of Nd. If the RRC signaling includes a frequency point adopted by the high frequency base station, the user equipment can determine the value of Nd according to the frequency point.
  • the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval RDP and uplink and downlink switching protection. Interval GP.
  • the RDP can be used for uplink data transmission or uplink random access.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes Eight time slots of length 0.125 milliseconds, the time slots comprising Ns OFDM symbols, wherein Ns is a positive integer.
  • the week of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station The period is the length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
  • a method for downlink synchronization including:
  • the high frequency base station generates synchronization information
  • the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame
  • the synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe
  • the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes downlink synchronization.
  • a beam training interval DLBP the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of the subintervals transmitting Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
  • the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization information to a user equipment.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes at least one general subframe, where the general subframe is used for transmitting data.
  • the data is transmitted by the general subframe
  • the synchronization signal is transmitted by the special subframe
  • the synchronization information transmitted by the high-frequency base station has a compact frame structure.
  • the user equipment can perform downlink synchronization according to the tight frame structure, and the synchronization overhead is small, thereby improving the synchronization efficiency of the high and low frequency networking system and improving system performance.
  • the each subinterval includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols. .
  • the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol is used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal.
  • the specific sequence includes an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the ID of the time slice in which the specific sequence is located may be replaced with the ID of the transmission beam.
  • the specific sequence may also include the ID of the high frequency base station.
  • each of the sub-intervals further includes the Nd time Nd switching protection intervals SGP after the slice.
  • the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including:
  • the high frequency base station transmits the Nd synchronization signals using Nd different transmit beams.
  • the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including:
  • the second high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
  • the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system .
  • the user equipment Due to the high and low frequency delays in the system, the user equipment has a synchronization dead zone when synchronizing. Here, by the cyclic shift greater than the high and low frequency delays, it can be ensured that the user equipment receives the same
  • the synchronization signal of the blind zone enables the user equipment to quickly obtain high frequency downlink synchronization.
  • the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, where The CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
  • the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including :
  • the high frequency base station sequentially transmits the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd transmission beams;
  • the high frequency base station sequentially transmits the K synchronization signals using the first K transmit beams of the Nd transmit beams.
  • the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval (RDP) and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval.
  • RDP reserved data interval
  • GP uplink and downlink handover protection interval
  • the RDP can be used for uplink data transmission or uplink random access.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is M The length of the wireless frame, where M is a positive integer.
  • a user equipment including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive synchronization information sent by a high frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where
  • the special subframe includes a DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
  • a processing unit configured to perform synchronization according to the synchronization information.
  • the each subinterval includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols. .
  • the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol is used to send the secondary synchronization A specific sequence of numbers, wherein the specific sequence includes an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the each subinterval further includes Nd respectively located after the Nd time slices Switch protection interval SGP.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station uses Nd different transmissions The beam is sent.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive, respectively, by using different receiving beams of Nu The synchronization signal of the Nu subintervals.
  • the high frequency base station in the first special subframe in the synchronization information, transmits the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams; and in the second special subframe of the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to:
  • each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting by the first sequence of.
  • the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency of the system Delay.
  • the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP,
  • the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station uses Nd transmit beams Sending in sequence;
  • the K synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station sequentially transmits using the first K transmission beams of the Nd transmission beams.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to:
  • each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals
  • the Nu group synchronization signals are respectively received from the second start position using Nu different receive beams, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
  • the second special subframe is located after the first special subframe The first special subframe.
  • the additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to acquire the Receive delay.
  • the receiving unit is configured to use the radio resource that is sent by the low frequency base station, in a nineteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, Controlling RRC signaling to obtain the additional reception delay.
  • the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the length of the time slice occupied by the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to:
  • Radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station where the RRC signaling includes:
  • the frequency point used by the high frequency base station and/or the value of Nd.
  • the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval RDP and an uplink and downlink switch. Protection interval GP.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe There are eight time slots of length 0.125 milliseconds, the time slots comprising Ns OFDM symbols, wherein Ns is a positive integer.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is The length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
  • a high frequency base station including:
  • a generating unit configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of the subintervals transmitting Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
  • a sending unit configured to send the synchronization information to the user equipment.
  • each of the sub-areas The Nd time slices are included, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols.
  • the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol is used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal, where the specific The sequence includes the ID of the time slice in which the particular sequence is located, and the ID of the subinterval in which the particular sequence is located.
  • the each subinterval further includes Nd respectively after the Nd time slices Switch protection interval SGP.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: use Nd different transmit beam sending stations Nd synchronization signals are described.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to:
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting by the first sequence .
  • the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency of the system Delay.
  • the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP,
  • the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
  • the sending unit is configured to: sequentially send the device by using Nd transmit beams. Decoding Nd synchronization signals; sequentially transmitting the K synchronization signals using the first K transmission beams of the Nd transmission beams.
  • the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval RDP and uplink and downlink switching protection Interval GP.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is M The length of the radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
  • a user equipment including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive synchronization information sent by the high-frequency base station, where the synchronization radio frame that carries the synchronization information includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes a DLBP
  • the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
  • the processor is configured to synchronize according to the synchronization information.
  • the transceiver in the fifth aspect may be implemented by a receiver.
  • a high frequency base station including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization radio frame carrying the synchronization information includes at least one special subframe, the special subframe includes a DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each subinterval transmits Nd synchronization signals, Wherein Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
  • Transceiver for The synchronization information is sent to the user equipment.
  • the transceiver in the sixth aspect may be implemented by a transmitter.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a receiving unit, a processing unit or a transceiver of a user equipment, a processor, The user equipment performs the above-described first aspect, and a method of downlink synchronization of any of its various implementations.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a generating unit, a transmitting unit or a transceiver of a high frequency base station, and a processor,
  • the high frequency base station performs the above second aspect, and a method of downlink synchronization of any of the various implementations.
  • a computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a user equipment to perform the first aspect described above, and any one of the various implementations of the downlink synchronization Methods.
  • a computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a high frequency base station to perform the second aspect described above, and any of the various implementations thereof The method of synchronization.
  • the high frequency base station transmits synchronization information in a special subframe
  • the UE completes synchronization with the high frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which is advantageous for the UE to quickly access the high frequency system and save access. Power consumption.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a high and low frequency hybrid networking system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a synchronous radio frame according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a DLBP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a subinterval of a DLBP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a receive beam used by a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic illustration of a synchronization detection window in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is another schematic diagram of a synchronization detection window in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of a receive beam used by a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a diagram showing a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on another special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 20 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 22 is another schematic diagram of a synchronization detection window in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is another schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on another special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 25 is a flow diagram of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 26 is a flow chart of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 27 is a block diagram showing the structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 29 is a block diagram showing the structure of a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 30 is a block diagram showing the structure of a high frequency base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station may be a Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) system or a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, or may be A base station (NodeB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, which may also be an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a base station in a future 5G network.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communication
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • NodeB Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • eNodeB evolved Node B
  • a user equipment may communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network) via a radio access network (RAN), and the UE may be referred to as an access terminal or a terminal.
  • Device subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the UE may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), or a wireless communication function.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a high and low frequency hybrid networking system is shown in FIG. 1, including a low frequency base station 11, a high frequency base station 12, and a UE 13.
  • the frequency band of the low frequency base station 11 is lower than the frequency band of the high frequency base station 12.
  • the frequency band used by the low frequency base station 11 may be a low frequency band below 6 GHz, for example, 2 GHz and 5 GHz.
  • the frequency band used by the high frequency base station 12 may be a high frequency band represented by a millimeter wave frequency band (ie, 6 GHz or higher).
  • the frequency used by the high frequency base station 12 may be 72 GHz, 28 GHz or 14 GHz.
  • the low-frequency base station 11 covers a large area, and the high-frequency base station 12 performs hotspot coverage within the coverage of the low-frequency base station to improve the capacity of the hot spot.
  • the UE 13 is typically equipped with both a low frequency transceiver and a high frequency transceiver, a low frequency transceiver for data communication with the low frequency base station 11, and a high frequency transceiver for data communication with the high frequency base station 12.
  • the UE 13 needs to establish a normal communication link with the high frequency base station 12, and first needs to pass the downlink synchronization.
  • the channel acquires the downlink synchronization of the high frequency system, and then accesses the high frequency system through the random access process.
  • FIG. 2 shows a synchronous radio frame in a frame structure used by a high frequency base station to transmit a synchronization signal in an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that the frame structure shown in FIG. 2 is a general frame structure of a high frequency communication system.
  • the frame length of the synchronous radio frame shown in FIG. 2 is 10 milliseconds (ms), which is compatible with the frame structure of the existing LTE system.
  • a radio frame consists of 10 radio subframes with a frame length of 1 ms.
  • two types of wireless subframes are defined: a general subframe and a special subframe. Among them, the general subframe is mainly used for normal data transmission, and the special subframe is used for transmitting high frequency synchronization signals.
  • the frame structure used by the high frequency base station 12 may include two types: a synchronous radio frame and a general radio frame.
  • the synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe and a plurality of general subframes, and the general radio frame includes 10 general subframes.
  • the frame length of one synchronous radio frame is 10 ms, and the frame length of a general radio frame is also 10 ms.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station 12 may be the length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is to say, in the frame structure used by the high-frequency base station 12, M-1 normal radio frames are spaced after one synchronous radio frame, and the next synchronous radio frame is used, as shown in FIG. In the frame structure used by the high frequency base station 12, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M consecutive radio frames.
  • each radio frame is a synchronous radio frame.
  • a synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe, as shown in FIG. 2, a synchronous radio frame including two special subframes 201 and 202.
  • a general subframe is divided into eight time slots having a length of 0.125 ms, and each time slot is composed of Ns Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • a general subframe may be divided into a plurality of equally long time slots, wherein each time slot may have a length of 0.1 ms to 0.2 ms.
  • a general subframe may include 10 time slots of length 0.1 ms.
  • the special subframe may include a downlink synchronization and a beam training interval (Downlink) Synchronization & Beam-training Period, DLBP).
  • the special subframe may further include a Reserved Data Period (RDP) and an uplink and downlink handover guard interval (GP). It can be understood that the special subframe in the embodiment of the present invention is used for downlink synchronization and beam training.
  • the DLBP may also be referred to as a downlink synchronization interval or a beam training interval, etc., and the name of the interval is not limited herein.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the order or position of the DLBP and the RDP included in the special subframe, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 4 the case where the DLBP starts from the first OFDM symbol and the uplink RDP terminates in the last (assumed to be the Nmth) OFDM symbol.
  • FIG. 5 the case where the uplink RDP starts from the first OFDM symbol and the DLBP terminates in the last (assumed to be the Nmth) OFDM symbol.
  • FIG. 4 the case where the DLBP starts from the first OFDM symbol and the uplink RDP terminates in the last (assumed to be the Nmth) OFDM symbol.
  • the downlink RDP starts from the first OFDM symbol, ends in the k1-1th (k1>1) OFDM symbol, the DLBP starts from the k1st OFDM symbol, and the uplink RDP terminates in the last one ( The case of the Nmth OFDM symbol is assumed.
  • the uplink RDP starts with the first OFDM symbol, and the DLBP terminates at the k2 (k2 ⁇ Nm) OFDM symbols, and the downlink RDP starts with k2 + 1 OFDM symbols, ending with the last one (hypothesis) The case of the Nmth) OFDM symbol.
  • the DLBP may include Nu subintervals.
  • the Nu subintervals are: DLBP 0 , DLBP 1 , . . . , DLBP Nu-2 , DLBP Nu-1 .
  • Each subinterval can be composed of Nd time slices.
  • the first subinterval DLBP 0 includes Nd time slices, which are: S 0 , S 1 , . . . , S Nd-1 .
  • Ns, Nd, and Nu are both positive integers greater than 1, and the values of Ns, Nd, and Nu are related to the frequency points used by the high frequency base station in the system.
  • each sub-interval may further include Nd Switching Guard Periods (SGPs) respectively located after Nd time slices.
  • SGPs Switching Guard Periods
  • the length of one time slice may be Nr OFDM symbols, where Nr is a positive integer.
  • Nr can be 1.
  • Nr can be 2. That is, the length of each time slice includes two OFDM symbols. The first OFDM symbol of the two OFDM symbols is used to send a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), and the second OFDM symbol of the two OFDM symbols is used to send a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS). As shown in FIG. 9, the time slice S 0 includes two OFDM symbols for transmitting the SSS and the PSS, respectively.
  • PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • Nr can be greater than two. That is, the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols. Wherein the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used for transmitting the PSS, and the second OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used for transmitting the SSS. That is, at least one of the Nr OFDM symbols is used to transmit the PSS; at least one of the Nr OFDM symbols is used to transmit the SSS.
  • the second OFDM symbol can transmit a specific sequence of SSS.
  • the specific sequence includes an identifier (Identity, ID) of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the specific sequence may include at least one of: an ID of the high frequency base station, a time slice of the specific sequence, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the specific sequence may include at least one of: an ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a transmission beam used on a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located. The invention is not limited thereto.
  • a specific sequence of SSS may be transmitted on a specific time slice in a subinterval of a specific DLBP of the high frequency base station, for indicating to the UE 13, the high frequency base station ID in which it is located, and the subinterval of the specific DLBP.
  • the ID value is 0 to Nu-1
  • the transmit beam ID or time slice ID of the high frequency base station used on the specific time slice values 0 to Nd-1).
  • the UE 13 performs non-coherent detection on the PSS, acquires symbol synchronization, and obtains a high frequency cell ID. Assuming that the channel coherence duration is much longer than one OFDM symbol period, the correlation between the PSS and the SSS is used to perform coherent detection on the SSS to obtain the high frequency base station ID, the subinterval ID of the DLBP, and the base station transmit beam ID (time slice ID). Since the sub-interval ID of the DLBP and the base station transmit beam ID (time slice ID) are in one-to-one correspondence with the OFDM symbol position in the special subframe in which the SSS is located in a special subframe, the above information can be obtained to obtain the SSS.
  • the OFDM symbol position in the special subframe can obtain the radio frame synchronization.
  • UE 13 is assumed successfully detected signal PSS sent DLBP 1 subintervals, coherent detection of the signal SSS DLBP 1 subinterval signals transmitted by the PSS.
  • the DLBP subinterval ID number is 1
  • the base station transmit beam ID time slice ID
  • the start position of the special sub-frame can be obtained by pushing a DLBP period and adding a time slice period from the symbol position of the SSS.
  • the position of the starting point of the radio frame can be directly pushed out, and the radio frame synchronization is successfully obtained.
  • the high frequency base station 12 can transmit the synchronization signal by using the synchronous radio frame as shown in the foregoing. Specifically, on a special subframe (such as subframe #1 in FIG. 2), in each subinterval of the DLBP, the high frequency base station 12 can transmit the synchronization signal using different transmission beams on the Nd time slices. In other words, in each subinterval, the high frequency base station 12 can transmit Nd synchronization signals through the Nd first sequential transmission beams. It can also be understood that, on the DLBP of a special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 transmits Nd synchronization signals through Nd first sequential transmission beams, and the transmission period is Nu.
  • the first order may be #0 to #Nd-1.
  • the time the sheet S 1 by the transmission beams # 1 transmits a synchronization signal
  • a time slice S Nd-1 transmission Nd-1 by transmitting beams # on Synchronization signal.
  • SGP is used for switching between different transmit beams.
  • the ID of the time slice can also be the ID of the transmission beam.
  • the transmit beam is determined with a period of Nu, wherein the periodically used transmit beams are the first order of Nd transmit beams.
  • a special subframe may be considered as a reserved number of OFDM symbols.
  • the process of transmitting the synchronization signal by the high-frequency base station 12 can be understood as: the high-frequency base station 12 has a fixed transmission beam switching period (Nu cycles) on a plurality of reserved transmission symbols (special subframes) reserved. And a fixed transmit beam logic sequence (#0, #1, ..., #Nd-1), which in turn switches the transmit beam to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the logical order (ie, the first order) of the transmit beams herein is not limited to #0 to #Nd-1.
  • it may be #1, #2, ..., #Nd-1, #0; or it may be #Nd-1, #Nd-2,..., #1, #0, and the like.
  • the UE 13 can complete synchronization with the high frequency base station 12 and establish a normal communication link.
  • the UE may receive the synchronization signal through a fixed receive beam in one subinterval.
  • the UE 13 switches between different receive beams to receive the synchronization signal. That is to say, the UE respectively receives the beams on the Nu subintervals through the Nu receiving beams.
  • the UE receives the synchronization signal on the sub-interval DLBP 0 through the reception beam #0, receives the synchronization signal on the sub-interval DLBP 1 through the reception beam #1, ..., and receives the synchronization on the sub-interval DLBP Nu-1 through the reception beam #Nu-1 signal.
  • the UE 13 can quickly obtain the downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through the low frequency assistance.
  • a radio frame of the low frequency base station 11 having a serial number #k and a synchronous radio frame of the high frequency base station 12 having a serial number #k are shown in FIG. Wherein, 0 to 9 indicate the sequence number of the subframe.
  • a synchronous radio frame of the high frequency base station 12 shown in FIG. 12 having the sequence number #k includes two special subframes, which are subframes of sequence number 1 and sequence number 6, respectively.
  • the present invention does not limit the number of special subframes included in a synchronous radio frame.
  • one synchronous radio frame may include only one special subframe, or one synchronous radio frame may include more special subframes. (3, 4, etc.).
  • the UE 13 can obtain the frame synchronization of the high frequency base station 12 through the low frequency base station 11, that is, the UE 13 can determine the start time of the subframe 0 of the high frequency base station 12, and then the UE 13 can The start time of the special subframe (such as the subframe numbered 1) in the high-frequency base station 12 starts, and the high-frequency downlink synchronization signal detection is performed.
  • the special subframe such as the subframe numbered 1
  • the length of the synchronization detection window is the length of the DLBP defined in the special subframe.
  • the UE 13 can traverse the combination of the transmission beam of all the high frequency base stations 12 and the reception beam of the UE 13. In this way, the UE 13 can obtain the downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through a synchronization detection window, and simultaneously acquire the transmission beam of the corresponding high frequency base station 12 and the reception wave of the UE 13.
  • the high and low frequency signals received by the UE 13 are difficult to be strictly synchronized.
  • the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 are not co-located, the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 cannot guarantee that strict time synchronization can be obtained.
  • the distance from the UE 13 to the low frequency base station 11 is different from the distance to the high frequency base station 12, and the signals respectively transmitted from the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 experience different propagation paths, resulting in a difference in signal transmission delay. .
  • the low frequency signal of the low frequency base station 11 received by the UE 13 and the high frequency signal of the high frequency base station 12 are difficult to be strictly synchronized, and there is generally a high and low frequency delay between the two, and the high and low frequency delay is followed.
  • the position of the UE 13 changes.
  • the UE 13 is closer to the high frequency base station 12 and is farther from the low frequency base station 11. Then, the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 send signals at the same time, the high frequency signal received by the UE 13 arrives first, and the received low frequency signal arrives later, as shown in FIG. 13, between the low frequency signal and the high frequency signal. There are high and low frequency delays.
  • the description of the low-frequency radio frame and the high-frequency synchronous radio frame is the same as the corresponding content in FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE 13 can determine the starting position of the high frequency base station synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station.
  • the length of the synchronization detection window is equal to the length of time of the DLBP.
  • the UE 13 receives the synchronization signal using Nu different receive beams starting from the start position of the synchronization detection window. Wherein each receiving beam receives Nd synchronization signals. That is, the Nu different receive beams respectively receive the Nu group sync signals, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
  • the UE 13 also receives the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station before the high frequency synchronization is performed.
  • the start position of the sync detection window is located within the special subframe.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the start position of the sync detection window may also be within a normal subframe.
  • the high frequency synchronization signal can be detected on the synchronization detection window of the special subframe (subframes of sequence numbers 1 and 6). Due to the presence of high and low frequency delays, the synchronization detection window (the synchronization detection window in FIG. 13) in which the UE 13 actually performs the synchronization detection, and the synchronization detection window (the synchronization detection window in FIG. 12, corresponding to the DLBP) corresponding to the synchronous detection should be performed. An offset occurs, which will cause the UE 13 to traverse the combination of the transmit beam of all the high frequency base stations 12 and the receive beams of the UE 13 in the sync detection window.
  • the detection missing problem of the combination of the transmission beam of the high frequency base station 12 and the reception beam of the UE 13 occurs.
  • the step signals are all periodic, so the combination of the transmit beam of the high frequency base station 12 and the receive beam of the UE 13 can never be detected (ie, the detection missing problem exists in any special subframe), which will result in some The synchronization of some users failed.
  • the synchronization start time point of the UE 13 cannot be guaranteed to be aligned with the start time point of the synchronization symbol (DLBP), which will result in the sampling point of a synchronization symbol not being completely received.
  • the sync signal on this symbol cannot be detected correctly.
  • the synchronization start time point falls within the UE 13 if the blind spot detection S 0, then the sheet S at time 0 by synchronizing the base station transmits a high frequency signal # 0 transmitted beam 12 not be correctly detected.
  • the transmission beam used by the synchronization signal sent by the high-frequency base station 12 may be in the form of: in the first special subframe, the high-frequency base station 12 transmits the synchronization signal by using the first-order transmission beam; On the second special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 transmits the synchronization signal using the second order transmission beam.
  • the second order may be generated by cyclic shifting in the first order.
  • the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the frame structure used by the high-frequency base station 12 to transmit the synchronization signal includes a plurality of synchronous radio frames.
  • the foregoing first special subframe may be a special subframe in the first synchronous radio frame
  • the second special subframe may be a special subframe in the second synchronous radio frame.
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame. That is to say, for two consecutive synchronous radio frames, the transmission beam order used by the respective special subframes is different.
  • the special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame use the first sequential transmission beam
  • the second synchronization wireless The special subframe in the frame transmits the beam using the second order.
  • the second synchronous radio frame referred to herein refers to the first synchronous radio frame located after the first synchronous radio frame.
  • the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3
  • the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
  • the foregoing first special subframe may be the 2ith special subframe in one synchronous radio frame
  • the second special subframe may be the 2i+1th special subframe in one synchronous radio frame.
  • the foregoing first special subframe may be in the first synchronous radio frame.
  • the 2ith special subframe or the 2i+1th special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe may be the 2i+1th special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame or The 2ith special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • all radio frames used by the high frequency base station 12 can be considered as a whole.
  • the special subframes in all the radio frames are consecutively numbered consecutively, wherein the sequence number can start from 0, or start from 1, or start from any value, which is not limited herein.
  • a special subframe numbered oddly may be defined as a first special subframe
  • a special subframe numbered as an even number is defined as a second special subframe.
  • a special subframe numbered with an even number may be defined as a first special subframe
  • a special subframe numbered as an odd number may be defined as a second special subframe.
  • the number of special subframes included in one synchronous radio frame is at least 1, the number of special subframes in all radio frames (at least two simultaneous radio frames) is at least two. And, at least two special subframes may be sequentially numbered. For example, the number of at least two special subframes may be special subframe #0, special subframe #1, special subframe #2, and the like. For another example, the numbers of the at least two special subframes may be special subframe #1, special subframe #2, special subframe #3, and the like.
  • a synchronous radio frame includes two special subframes.
  • 10 subframes of the synchronous radio frame are subframe #0, subframe #1, ..., subframe #8, and subframe #9.
  • the subframe #1 and the subframe #6 are special subframes.
  • the two special subframes may be numbered as special subframe #0 and special subframe #1, or numbered as special subframe #1 and special subframe #2.
  • subframe #1 may be defined as a first special subframe
  • subframe #6 may be defined as a second special subframe.
  • the first order transmission beam can be used on the first special subframe
  • the second sequential transmission beam can be used on the second special subframe.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd first order transmission beams.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd second order transmission beams.
  • the second order may be generated by cyclic shifting of the first order.
  • the high frequency base station 12 sequentially switches the transmit beam transmission synchronization signal in the first specific order
  • the high frequency The base station 12 sequentially switches the transmit beam transmission synchronization signals in a second specific order.
  • the second specific order is a cyclic shift of the first specific order Bit.
  • subframe #1 is special subframe #0
  • subframe 6 is special subframe #1. That is to say, the subframe #1 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an even number, and the subframe #6 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an odd number.
  • subframe #6 can use the first sequence of transmit beams
  • subframe #1 can use the second sequence of transmit beams, as shown in FIG. 15, the time slice S i in the figure indicates the use of the transmit beam #i transmission synchronization. signal.
  • the first order is #0 to #Nd-1
  • the second order is #K to #Nd-1, #0 to #K-1. That is, the second order is generated after the first order is cyclically shifted by K bits.
  • subframe #1 is special subframe #1
  • subframe 6 is special subframe #2. That is to say, the subframe #1 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an odd number, and the subframe #6 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an even number.
  • subframe #1 can use the first order of the transmit beam
  • subframe #6 can use the second order of the transmit beam, as shown in FIG. 16, the time slice S i in the figure indicates the use of the transmit beam #i transmission synchronization. signal.
  • the first order is #0 to #Nd-1
  • the second order is #K to #Nd-1, #0 to #K-1. That is, the second order is generated after the first order is cyclically shifted by K bits.
  • the high frequency base station 12 switches the transmission beam according to the normal transmission beam logic order in the first special subframe (subframe #6 in FIG. 15 or subframe #1 in FIG. 16). That is, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is sequentially switched in the sub-sections #0 to #Nu-1 of the respective DLBPs in accordance with the logical numbers #0 to #Nd-1 of the transmission beam.
  • the high frequency base station 12 switches and transmits in the logical sequence of the cyclically shifted transmission beam in the subinterval of each DLBP.
  • the beam that is, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is sequentially switched in the respective DLBP subintervals #0 to #Nu-1 in accordance with the logical sequence numbers #K to #Nd-1 to #0 to #K-1 of the transmission beam.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd first sequential transmission beams.
  • the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd second order transmission beams.
  • the high frequency base station 12 sequentially switches the transmit beam transmission synchronization signal in the first specific order
  • the high frequency base station 12 is in the second specific The sequence sequentially switches the transmit beam to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the second particular order is a cyclic shift of the first particular order.
  • subframe #1 may use the first order of the transmit beam
  • sub-frame Frame #6 can use the second order of transmit beams.
  • the first order is #0 to #Nd-1, #0 to #Nd-1, ..., #0 to #Nd-1
  • the second order is #K to #Nd-1, #0 to #Nd- 1, ..., #0 to #Nd-1, #0 to #K-1. That is, the second order is generated after the first order is cyclically shifted by K bits.
  • the first order is Nu#0 to #Nd-1, that is, the first order includes Nu ⁇ Nd transmit beams.
  • the high frequency base station 12 switches the transmission beam of the base station in the first special subframe (subframe #1 shown in FIG. 17) in the logical sequence of the normal transmission beam, that is, in the subinterval #0 of the DLBP.
  • the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is switched in accordance with the logical sequence numbers #0 to #Nd-1 of the transmission beam.
  • the second special subframe such as subframe #6 shown in FIG. 17
  • the high-frequency base station 12 switches the transmission beam of the base station in the DLBP according to the logical sequence of the cyclically shifted transmission beam, that is, the first K of the DLBP 0 .
  • the transmit beam (#0 to #K-1) is transmitted after being shifted to DLBP Nu-1 .
  • the high frequency base station 12 firstly switches the transmission beam of the logical sequence number #K to #Nd-1 in the DLBP 0 subinterval to transmit the synchronization signal, and then sequentially in the DLBP 1 to DLBP Nu-1 subintervals.
  • the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is switched according to the logical sequence numbers #0 to #Nd-1 of the transmission beam, and finally, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signals of the logical numbers #0 to #K-1 in the DLBP 0 sub-interval are sequentially switched.
  • the length of the cyclically shifted time slice in FIGS. 15 to 17 should be greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system (ie, the high and low frequency times shown in FIG. 13). Length of extension).
  • the high frequency base station 12 may determine the K value before transmitting the synchronization signal.
  • the high-frequency base station 12 may preset one or more values of K.
  • the high-frequency base station 12 may first determine the K value according to the coverage and other indicators, and then determine the first value using the determined K value. A sequence and a second sequence, and a synchronization signal is transmitted.
  • S i represents transmission using transmission beam #i synchronization signal.
  • the manner of transmitting the transmission beam used by the synchronization signal can be understood as follows:
  • the number of time slices included in one special subframe is N d ⁇ N u .
  • FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 respectively show the first special subframe and the second special subframe UE 13 synchronization signal. Receiving situation.
  • the UE 13 synchronizes with the receive beam #0 from the second time slice (the first S1 in FIG. 18). Signal detection. Since the start time of the start of the synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S1, the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 transmitting the beam #1 on the time slice S1 cannot be completely received by the UE 13.
  • the transmission beam sequence in the first special subframe is cyclically shifted, and the total length of the time slice occupied by the K beams to be cyclically shifted is greater than the high and low frequency delay.
  • the UE 13 starts the detection of the synchronization signal with the reception beam #0 from the second time slice (the first S3 in Fig. 19).
  • the UE 13 since the high and low frequency delay ⁇ t is greater than the length of one time slice, the last reception beam of the UE 13 is leaked to receive a synchronization signal transmitted on a time slice. As shown in FIG. 19, the UE 13 cannot receive the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 through the transmission beam #2 during the reception period of its reception beam #11. In the second special subframe, the UE 13 is capable of receiving a synchronization signal that cannot be successfully received in the first special subframe. As shown in Figure 19, The high frequency base station 12 transmits the synchronization signal transmitted by the beam #1 on the time slice S1, and the high frequency base station 12 transmits through the transmission beam #0, and the UE 13 passes the synchronization signal received by the beam #11.
  • the UE 13 searches through the synchronization signals of the first special subframe and the second special subframe, and can traverse all the combinations of the high frequency base station 12 transmit beam and the UE 13 receive beam to obtain synchronization of the high frequency system.
  • the form of the used transmit beam used by the high frequency base station 12 may also be as follows:
  • Each special subframe in the synchronous radio frame further includes a Cyclic Suffix (CS) located after the DLBP, and CS is used to transmit K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. That is, the CS includes K time slices.
  • CS Cyclic Suffix
  • the high frequency base station 12 transmits Nd synchronization signals using Nd first order transmission beams in the subinterval of each DLBP.
  • K synchronization signals are transmitted using the first K transmit beams in the Nd first-order transmit beams.
  • a synchronous radio frame includes two special subframes, as shown in FIG. 20, where subframe #1 and subframe #6 are special subframes.
  • subframe #1 includes a DLBP and a CS located after the DLBP.
  • Each sub-interval of the DLBP transmits Nd synchronization signals, and the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high-frequency base station 12 using Nd first-order transmission beams, and the first sequence shown in FIG. 20 is #0, #1, ..., #Nd-1.
  • the CS transmits K synchronization signals, and the K synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using the first K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams.
  • the transmission beam used by the CS in FIG. 20 is: #0, #1,...,#K-1.
  • the special subframe further includes a Cyclic Prefix (CP) located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals. That is, the CP includes K time slices.
  • the high frequency base station 12 transmits Nd synchronization signals using Nd first order transmission beams in the subinterval of each DLBP.
  • K synchronization signals are transmitted using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first-order transmission beams.
  • each sub-interval of the DLBP transmits Nd synchronization signals, and the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high-frequency base station 12 using Nd first-order transmission beams, and the first sequence shown in FIG. 21 is #0, #1, ..., #Nd-1.
  • the CP uses to transmit K synchronization signals, which are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams.
  • the transmission beam used by the CP in FIG. 21 is: #Nd -K, #Nd-K+1,...,#Nd-1.
  • Figure 21 can also be understood as the CS is located after the DLBP. Therefore, the transmit beams used in Figures 20 and 21 are identical.
  • the length of the time slice of the CS in FIG. 20 and the CP in FIG. 21 should be greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system (ie, the length of the high and low frequency delay shown in FIG. 13). .
  • the high frequency base station 12 may determine the K value before transmitting the synchronization signal.
  • the high-frequency base station 12 may preset one or more values of K.
  • the high-frequency base station 12 may first determine the K value according to the coverage and other indicators, and then determine the CS by using the determined K value. Or CP, and send a sync signal.
  • S i represents transmission using transmission beam #i synchronization signal.
  • the manner of transmitting the transmission beam used by the synchronization signal can be understood as follows:
  • the number of time slices included in one special subframe is N d ⁇ N u +K.
  • the UE 13 may determine the first start position of the first synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station. Subsequently, the UE 13 receives the synchronization signal using Nu different receive beams starting from the first start position of the first sync detection window. Wherein each receiving beam receives Nd synchronization signals. That is, the Nu different receive beams respectively receive the Nu group sync signals, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals. The UE 13 may further determine a second start position of the second synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station and the additional reception delay.
  • the UE 13 receives the synchronization signal using Nu different receive beams starting from the second start position of the second sync detection window.
  • each receiving beam receives Nd synchronization signals. That is, the Nu different receive beams respectively receive the Nu group sync signals, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
  • the length of time of the first synchronization detection window is equal to the length of time of the DLBP
  • the length of time of the second synchronization detection window is equal to the length of time of the DLBP
  • the second special subframe may be the first special subframe located after the first special subframe.
  • the first special subframe may be subframe #1
  • the second special subframe is subframe #6.
  • the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, and the length of the time slice occupied by the CS and the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay.
  • the additional receiving delay may be preset in the UE 13, or the additional receiving delay may be obtained by the UE 13 from the low frequency base station 11.
  • the additional receiving may be obtained by receiving the low frequency signaling sent by the low frequency base station 11. Receive delay.
  • the additional receiving delay may be pre-configured in the UE 13 according to the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the low frequency base station 11 determines an additional reception delay based on the high and low frequency delay of the system, and transmits the additional reception delay to the UE 13.
  • the low frequency base station 11 can notify the UE 13 of the addition by transmitting low frequency signaling (for example, the low frequency signaling can be for Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling).
  • Low frequency signaling for example, the low frequency signaling can be for Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Receive delay for example, ⁇ t a ).
  • the low frequency synchronization signal received by the UE 13 lags behind the high frequency synchronization signal.
  • the starting time of the special subframe obtained by the UE 13 at the low frequency synchronization is used as the starting point of the first synchronization detection window, and the first high frequency is started.
  • the length of the first synchronization detection window is the length of the DLBP.
  • the start time of the next adjacent special subframe obtained by the UE 13 at the low frequency synchronization is delayed by an additional reception delay as the starting point of the second synchronization detection window, and the second high frequency synchronization signal detection is started.
  • the length of the cyclic prefix or the cyclic suffix interval that is, the total time slice length occupied by the K beams needs to be greater than the sum of the high and low frequency delays and the additional receiving delay.
  • the UE 13 synchronizes with the receive beam #0 from the second time slice (the first S1 in FIG. 23). Signal detection. Since the start time of the start of the synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S1, the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 transmitting the beam #1 on the time slice S1 cannot be completely received by the UE 13.
  • the second synchronous detection window additionally introduces additional time delay ⁇ t a receiver, receiving the additional time delay ⁇ t a high frequency must be greater than equal to the time delay [Delta] t, that is ⁇ t a > ⁇ t.
  • the start timing of the second synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S3, so the time slice S3 passes high.
  • the synchronization signal transmitted by the transmission beam #3 of the frequency base station 12 cannot be completely received by the UE 13.
  • the UE 13 can traverse all the combination of the transmitting beam of the high frequency base station 12 and the receiving beam of the UE 13 through the synchronization signal search of the first synchronization detecting window and the second synchronization detecting window to obtain synchronization of the high frequency system.
  • the low frequency base station 11 may send low frequency signaling (for example, RRC signaling) to the UE 13 before the UE 13 accesses the high frequency system.
  • the low frequency signaling may include at least one of an additional reception delay, a frequency of the high frequency system, and a number of subintervals included in the DLBP (ie, a value of Nd).
  • the length of the DLBP subinterval that is, the number of time slices in the DLBP subinterval in the high frequency system, that is, the number of transmit beams Nd of the high frequency base station 12
  • the number of time slices in the DLBP subinterval that is, the number of transmission beams Nd of the high frequency base station 12 can be preset as a fixed value related to the frequency point by a standard, for example, a typical Nd for 72 GHz, 28 GHz, and 14 GHz systems. Can be set to 16, 12 and 8, respectively.
  • the UE 13 can obtain the frequency of the high frequency system to be accessed by low frequency signaling, that is, the Nd value can be obtained.
  • the UE 13 can obtain the Nd value directly by low frequency signaling, that is, the low frequency base station 11 informs the UE 13 of the required high frequency system through its low frequency signaling (eg, RRC signaling) before accessing the high frequency system.
  • the frequency point and/or the number of time slices in the DLBP subinterval in the high frequency system that is, the number of transmission beams Nd of the high frequency base station 12.
  • Figure 25 is a flow diagram of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the square shown in Figure 25 The method is executed by the user equipment and is applied to the high and low frequency hybrid networking system.
  • the method includes:
  • the user equipment receives synchronization information sent by a high-frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where
  • the special subframe includes a DLBP including Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
  • the user equipment synchronizes according to the synchronization information.
  • the high-frequency base station transmits the synchronization information in the special subframe
  • the UE completes the synchronization with the high-frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which facilitates the UE to quickly access the high-frequency system and saves the connection. Power consumption at the time of entry.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, low-frequency signaling sent by the low-frequency base station in the system, where the low-frequency signaling includes a value of a frequency point and/or a Nd used by the high-frequency base station.
  • the low frequency signaling may be RRC signaling.
  • Each subinterval of the DLBP may include Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols.
  • a first one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol is used to transmit a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal.
  • the specific sequence includes an identifier ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above.
  • Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is positive. Integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames.
  • M can be equal to 1.
  • the Nd synchronization signals transmitted in each subinterval of the DLBP may be that the high frequency base station sequentially transmits using Nd different transmit beams. That is to say, the high frequency base station uses Nu as a period, and each period is Nd different transmission beams, and transmits a synchronization signal.
  • the UE may separately receive the synchronization signals on the Nu subintervals using Nu different receive beams. That is, the UE uses Nu different receive beams, each receive beam receives the transmit beams of the Nd high frequency base stations.
  • the high frequency base station sends the synchronization by using the first sequence of transmit beams. signal.
  • the second high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the understanding may be: transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, on the DLBP of the first special subframe, and transmitting, by using a second sequence of transmit beam, on the DLBP of the second special subframe. Said synchronization signal.
  • the understanding may also be: transmitting the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams on each subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe; using each subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, The second sequence of transmit beams transmits the synchronization signal.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe.
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame.
  • N is a positive integer and i is less than or equal to N Positive integer.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • a 2i+1 special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame.
  • the second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3
  • the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
  • S110 may include: the user equipment determines a starting position of a synchronization detection window according to a low frequency signal sent by a low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment uses a Nu different receiving beam from the The start position begins to receive a Nu group sync signal, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
  • the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance.
  • the order of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that all the transmit beams of the UE and the transmit beam of the high-frequency base station can be guaranteed to be traversed. Combine to ensure the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
  • the special subframe may further include a CS located after the DLBP, where the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is A positive integer less than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are sequentially transmitted by the high-frequency base station using the Nd transmission beam.
  • the K synchronization signals of the CS are transmitted by the high frequency base station sequentially using the first K transmission beams in the Nd transmission beam. That is, the CS sequentially switches the transmission beams in the order of the first K transmission beams of the first subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are sequentially transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd transmission beams.
  • the K synchronization signals of the CP are used by the high frequency base station to use the last K transmission beams in the Nd transmission beams. Transmitted. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • S110 may include: the user equipment determines a first start position of the first synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment uses Nu different receptions The beams respectively receive the Nu group synchronization signals from the first starting position, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals; the user equipment determines according to the low frequency signals and the additional reception delays sent by the low frequency base stations in the system. a second start position of the second synchronization detection window; the user equipment respectively receives a Nu group synchronization signal from the second start position using Nu different receive beams, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals .
  • the second special subframe is a first special subframe located after the first special subframe.
  • the additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment; or the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment from the low frequency base station.
  • the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment by using the RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station.
  • the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, and the length of the time slice occupied by the CS or the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay. .
  • the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance.
  • a cyclic suffix (or cyclic prefix) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the UE can ensure that all combinations of the receiving beam of the UE and the transmitting beam of the high-frequency base station are traversed by using the additional receiving delay, thereby ensuring the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
  • Figure 26 is a diagram of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in Fig. 26 is performed by a high frequency base station and is applied to a high and low frequency hybrid networking system.
  • the method includes:
  • the high frequency base station generates synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special sub
  • the frame includes a DLBP including Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers.
  • the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to a user equipment.
  • the high frequency base station sends synchronization information in a special subframe, and the UE receives the synchronization information.
  • the synchronization signal in the special subframe completes synchronization with the high-frequency base station, which facilitates the UE to quickly access the high-frequency system and saves power consumption during access.
  • each of the subintervals of the DLBP includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols.
  • a first one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol can be used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal.
  • the specific sequence includes an ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above.
  • Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is positive. Integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames.
  • M can be equal to 1.
  • S220 may include: the high frequency base station sends the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd different transmit beams.
  • the S220 may include: in the first special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station uses the first sequence The transmit beam transmits the synchronization signal; on the second special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the understanding may be: transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, on the DLBP of the first special subframe, and transmitting, by using a second sequence of transmit beam, on the DLBP of the second special subframe. Said synchronization signal.
  • the understanding may also be: transmitting the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams on each subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe; using each subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, The second sequence of transmit beams transmits the synchronization signal.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe.
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame.
  • N is a positive integer
  • i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • a 2i+1 special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame.
  • the second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3
  • the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
  • the sequence of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that the UE is performing downlink
  • all combinations of the receiving beam of the UE and the transmitting beam of the high-frequency base station can be ensured, thereby ensuring the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
  • the special subframe further includes a CS that is located after the DLBP, and the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is smaller than A positive integer of Nd.
  • the S220 may include: the high frequency base station sequentially transmitting the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd transmit beams; and the high frequency base station sequentially transmitting the K synchronization signals by using the first K transmit beams of the Nd transmit beams. .
  • the high frequency base station sends the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd first sequential transmission beams, and sends the K by using the first K transmission beams of the Nd first sequential transmission beams. Synchronization signals.
  • the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd first-order transmission beams.
  • the K synchronization signals of the CP are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • a CS (or CP) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the additional reception delay can ensure that all combinations of the reception beam of the UE and the transmission beam of the high-frequency base station are ensured, thereby ensuring synchronization efficiency and quality.
  • FIG. 27 is a block diagram showing the structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 300 shown in FIG. 27 is in a high and low frequency hybrid networking system, and the user equipment 300 includes a receiving unit 310 and a processing unit 320.
  • the receiving unit 310 is configured to receive synchronization information that is sent by the high-frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where
  • the special subframe includes a DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
  • the processing unit 320 is configured to perform synchronization according to the synchronization information.
  • the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information in the special subframe, and the UE completes the synchronization with the high frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which is beneficial to the UE to quickly access.
  • High-frequency system saves power consumption during access.
  • the receiving unit 310 is further configured to receive low frequency signaling sent by the low frequency base station in the system, where the low frequency signaling includes a frequency point and/or a value of Nd used by the high frequency base station.
  • the low frequency signaling may be RRC signaling.
  • Each subinterval of the DLBP may include Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols.
  • a first one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol is used to transmit a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal.
  • the specific sequence includes an identifier ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above.
  • Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
  • the synchronous radio frame may further include a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is A positive integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames.
  • M can be equal to 1.
  • the Nd synchronization signals may be sent by the high frequency base station by using Nd different transmit beams.
  • the receiving unit 310 is configured to: separately receive synchronization signals on the Nu subintervals by using different receiving beams. That is, the receiving unit 310 receives Nd synchronization signals on one subinterval using one receive beam.
  • the high frequency base station on the first special subframe in the synchronization information, sends the synchronization signal by using a first sequence of transmit beams.
  • the second high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe.
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame.
  • N is a positive integer
  • i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • a 2i+1 special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame.
  • the second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3
  • the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
  • the receiving unit 310 is specifically configured to: determine a starting position of the synchronization detecting window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; and receive the Nu group from the starting position respectively by using different receiving beams of Nu A synchronization signal, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
  • the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance.
  • the order of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that all the transmit beams of the UE and the transmit beam of the high-frequency base station can be guaranteed to be traversed. Combine to ensure the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
  • the special subframe may further include a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, where the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd first-order transmission beams.
  • the K synchronization signals of the CS are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the first K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CS sequentially switches the transmission beams in the order of the first K transmission beams of the first subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • the Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd first-order transmission beams.
  • the K synchronization signals of the CP are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the receiving unit 310 is configured to: determine, according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system, a first start position of the first synchronization detection window; use the Nu different receive beams to start from the first start position Receiving a Nu group synchronization signal, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals; determining a second start position of the second synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station and the additional reception delay in the system; Nu different receive beams respectively receive a Nu group sync signal from the second start position, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
  • the second special subframe is a first special subframe located after the first special subframe.
  • the additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment; or the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment from the low frequency base station.
  • the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment by using the RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station.
  • the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, and the length of the time slice occupied by the CS or the CP is greater than or equal to the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving time. Delayed sum.
  • the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance.
  • a cyclic suffix (or cyclic prefix) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the UE can ensure that all combinations of the receiving beam of the UE and the transmitting beam of the high-frequency base station are traversed by using the additional receiving delay, thereby ensuring the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
  • the receiving unit 310 may be implemented by a transceiver
  • the processing unit 320 may be implemented by a processor.
  • user equipment 400 can include a processor 410, a transceiver 420, and a memory 430.
  • the memory 430 can be used to store a receive beam or the like, and can also be used to store code and the like executed by the processor 410.
  • the transceiver 420 can be implemented by a receiver.
  • bus system 440 which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • the user equipment 300 shown in FIG. 27 or the user equipment 400 shown in FIG. 28 can implement various processes implemented by the user equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can Read-Only Memory (ROM), Programmable Read ROM (PROM), Erasable PROM (EPROM), EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM Programmable Read ROM
  • EPROM Erasable PROM
  • EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
  • flash memory Electrically EPROM
  • the volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • FIG. 29 is a block diagram showing the structure of a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the high frequency base station 500 shown in FIG. 29 is a high frequency base station in a high and low frequency hybrid networking system, and the high frequency base station 500 includes a generating unit 510 and a transmitting unit 520.
  • the generating unit 510 is configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe A DLBP is included, the DLBP including Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
  • the sending unit 520 is configured to send the synchronization information to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment is in the high and low frequency hybrid networking system.
  • the high-frequency base station transmits the synchronization information in the special subframe
  • the UE completes the synchronization with the high-frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which facilitates the UE to quickly access the high-frequency system and saves the connection. Power consumption at the time of entry.
  • each of the subintervals of the DLBP includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols.
  • First OFDM of the at least two OFDM symbols The symbol is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and the second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  • the second OFDM symbol can be used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal.
  • the specific sequence includes an ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  • the special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above.
  • Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
  • the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is positive. Integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames.
  • M can be equal to 1.
  • the sending unit 520 is specifically configured to: send the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd different transmit beams.
  • the sending unit 520 is specifically configured to: send, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, the synchronization signal, on the first special subframe in the synchronization information;
  • the second sequence of subframes transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams.
  • the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  • the understanding may be: transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, on the DLBP of the first special subframe, and transmitting, by using a second sequence of transmit beam, on the DLBP of the second special subframe. Said synchronization signal.
  • the understanding may also be: transmitting the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams on each subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe; using each subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, The second sequence of transmit beams transmits the same Step signal.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe.
  • the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame
  • the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • the second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes
  • the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame.
  • N is a positive integer
  • i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes.
  • the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame.
  • a 2i+1 special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame.
  • the second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  • the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3
  • the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
  • the sequence of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that the UE can ensure downlink synchronization. All combinations of the receive beam of the UE and the transmit beam of the high frequency base station are traversed to ensure synchronization efficiency and quality.
  • the special subframe further includes a CS located after the DLBP, where the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • the sending unit 520 is specifically configured to: send the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd first-order transmit beams; and send the K synchronization signals by using the first K transmit beams in the Nd first-order transmit beams. .
  • the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • K is a positive integer smaller than Nd.
  • each child The Nd synchronization signals of the interval are transmitted by the high frequency base station using Nd first order transmission beams.
  • the K synchronization signals of the CP are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • a CS (or CP) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal.
  • the additional reception delay can ensure that all combinations of the reception beam of the UE and the transmission beam of the high-frequency base station are ensured, thereby ensuring synchronization efficiency and quality.
  • the sending unit 520 may be implemented by a transceiver, and the generating unit 510 may be implemented by a processor.
  • the high frequency base station 600 can include a processor 610, a transceiver 620, and a memory 630.
  • the memory 630 can be used to store a transmit beam or the like, and can also be used to store code and the like executed by the processor 610.
  • the transceiver 620 can be implemented by a transmitter.
  • the various components in the high frequency base station 600 are coupled together by a bus system 640, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • a bus system 640 which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • the high-frequency base station 500 shown in FIG. 29 or the high-frequency base station 600 shown in FIG. 30 can implement the various processes implemented by the high-frequency base station in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the above described method embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a processor or implemented by a processor.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above described processor may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can It is ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be RAM, which acts as an external cache.
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as SRAM, DRAM, SDRAM, DDR SDRAM, ESDRAM, SLDRAM, and DR RAM. It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Abstract

Provided are a downlink synchronization method, a user equipment and a high-frequency base station located in a high- and low-frequency hybrid networking system. The downlink synchronization method comprises: a user equipment receiving synchronization information transmitted by a high-frequency base station, wherein a synchronization wireless frame used by the synchronization information comprises at least one special subframe, the special subframe comprises a DLBP, the DLBP comprises Nu sub-intervals and each sub-interval transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than 1; and the user equipment conducting synchronization according to the synchronization information. In the embodiments of the invention, a high-frequency base station transmits synchronization information in a special subframe and a UE finishes synchronization with the high-frequency base station by receiving synchronization signals in the special subframe, thus facilitating the UE rapidly accessing a high-frequency system and saving power consumption in access.

Description

下行同步的方法、用户设备以及基站Downlink synchronization method, user equipment, and base station 技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种高低频混合组网系统中下行同步的方法、用户设备以及基站。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, a user equipment, and a base station for downlink synchronization in a high and low frequency hybrid networking system.
背景技术Background technique
随着现今对于移动通信的数据传输速率、通信质量等要求的不断提升,现有的用于移动通信的频段已经变得非常拥挤。然而,在6-300GHz的毫米波频段上,仍然拥有大量的频谱资源还未被分配使用。把毫米波频段引入到蜂窝接入通信中来,充分利用毫米波频段的大带宽资源,是下一代5G移动通信系统的重要研究方向之一。With the ever-increasing demands for data transmission rates, communication qualities, and the like for mobile communications today, existing frequency bands for mobile communications have become very crowded. However, in the millimeter-wave band of 6-300 GHz, a large amount of spectrum resources are still not allocated. Introducing the millimeter wave band into cellular access communication and making full use of the large bandwidth resources of the millimeter wave band is one of the important research directions of the next generation 5G mobile communication system.
在已有的研究中,以毫米波频段为代表的高频段主要应用于室内短距通信场景。室外场景中,由于地形复杂,导致高频段路损较大、穿透障碍物的能力较弱,并且在某些频点有严重的雨衰效应,严重地制约了高频段在室外场景的应用。然而,高频段由于其波长短,易实现大规模阵列天线,可以通过波束成形(beam-forming)技术带来大的定向天线增益,从而有效的补偿其高路损,这也为高频段在室外场景的中长距离传输的应用提供了可能性。In the existing research, the high frequency band represented by the millimeter wave band is mainly used in indoor short-range communication scenarios. In outdoor scenes, due to the complex terrain, the high-frequency path loss is large, the ability to penetrate obstacles is weak, and there is a severe rain attenuation effect at some frequencies, which seriously restricts the application of high-frequency bands in outdoor scenes. However, due to its short wavelength, the high frequency band is easy to implement a large-scale array antenna, and can achieve a large directional antenna gain by beam-forming technology, thereby effectively compensating for its high path loss, which is also high in the outdoor frequency band. The application of medium to long distance transmission of the scene offers the possibility.
从目前的研究现状来看,频段越高则其能够覆盖的范围则相对越小,基站可用的阵列天线规模则越大。例如,对于E-band系统来说,一般能够覆盖25米到100米的小区半径,基站阵列天线的规模可达1024个天线阵列单元。对于30GHz以下频段的系统,一般能够覆盖50米到200米的小区半径,基站阵列天线的规模可达256个天线阵列单元。高频系统中采用大规模阵列天线形成具有高增益的定向波束,能够克服高频段带来的高路损,提高链路覆盖。然而,定向波束对广播信道、控制信道、同步信道、随机接入信道的设计与传输提出了挑战。From the current research status, the higher the frequency band, the smaller the range that can be covered, and the larger the array antenna available to the base station. For example, for an E-band system, it is generally possible to cover a cell radius of 25 meters to 100 meters, and the base station array antenna can have a size of 1024 antenna array units. For systems below 30 GHz, the radius of the cell can be covered from 50 meters to 200 meters, and the size of the base station array antenna can reach 256 antenna array units. High-frequency array antennas are used in high-frequency systems to form directional beams with high gain, which can overcome the high path loss caused by high frequency bands and improve link coverage. However, directional beams present challenges to the design and transmission of broadcast channels, control channels, synchronization channels, and random access channels.
现有移动通信系统中,例如通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System,UMTS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统,上述信道的传输均是通过全向天线的收发来实现。对于下行的广播信道、下行控制信道、同步信道来说,基站通过全向天线发送一次上述信道信息,其覆盖下的所有用户设备均能成功接收到。对于上行控制信道、随机接 入信道来说,用户设备发送一次上述信道信息,所属基站则能通过全向天线成功接收到。然而在高频通信系统中,由于定向波束的波束宽度的限制,通过一个定向波束发送的信号只能覆盖某个特定方向上的小部分区域,而在该区域之外则无法成功接收相应的信息。因此,如要得到现有移动通信系统中的全向覆盖的效果,则需要遍历发送端和接收端所有的定向波束组合。如果收发端均采用定向波束,则上述波束组合的数量非常巨大,将导致高频系统开销的急剧增加。In the existing mobile communication systems, such as the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) and the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, the transmission of the above-mentioned channels is realized by transmission and reception of an omnidirectional antenna. For the downlink broadcast channel, the downlink control channel, and the synchronization channel, the base station transmits the above channel information through the omnidirectional antenna, and all the user equipments covered by the base station can be successfully received. For uplink control channel, random access In the case of the incoming channel, the user equipment sends the above channel information once, and the associated base station can successfully receive the omnidirectional antenna. However, in the high-frequency communication system, due to the limitation of the beamwidth of the directional beam, the signal transmitted through one directional beam can only cover a small part of a certain direction, and the corresponding information cannot be successfully received outside the area. . Therefore, in order to obtain the effect of omnidirectional coverage in existing mobile communication systems, it is necessary to traverse all directional beam combinations of the transmitting end and the receiving end. If the transceivers are all directional beams, the number of beam combinations described above is very large, which will lead to a sharp increase in high-frequency system overhead.
在高频通信系统中,基站与用户设备均能够使用大规模的天线阵列进行波束成形,通过调整各天线单元的相位、幅度和/或多个射频(Radio Frequency,RF)通道上的数字加权向量可形成不同宽度的定向波束(宽波束、窄波束)。通常宽波束的波束宽度是窄波束波束宽度的2倍以上。In a high-frequency communication system, both the base station and the user equipment can perform beamforming using a large-scale antenna array by adjusting the phase, amplitude, and/or digital weighting vectors on multiple radio frequency (RF) channels of each antenna unit. Directional beams of different widths (wide beam, narrow beam) can be formed. Usually the beamwidth of a wide beam is more than twice the beamwidth of a narrow beam.
另外,在高频通信系统中,高频段带来的高路损需要通过天线阵列的高波束增益来进行补偿。高波束增益的获取是建立在收发两端波束对准(beam alignment)的基础之上的。一旦收发两端波束失配(mis-aligned),接收信号质量则会急剧下降,正常的数据通信会被中断。因此,在高频通信系统中,为了保证正常的数据通信,需要定期或者不定期的进行波束训练(beam training)和波束跟踪(beam tracking),使得收发两端能够采用最佳的收发波束对进行数据的传输。In addition, in high frequency communication systems, the high path loss caused by the high frequency band needs to be compensated by the high beam gain of the antenna array. The acquisition of high beam gain is based on beam alignment at both ends of the transceiver. Once the beam is mis-aligned at both ends, the received signal quality will drop dramatically and normal data communication will be interrupted. Therefore, in the high-frequency communication system, in order to ensure normal data communication, beam training and beam tracking are required to be performed periodically or irregularly, so that the transmitting and receiving ends can adopt the optimal transmitting and receiving beam pairs. The transmission of data.
在现有技术中,每个无线子帧均预留部分资源用于下行同步信号的发送,是一种分布式的发送方式。用户设备需要通过对多个无线子帧接收的同步信号进行组合比较才能实现系统的下行同步。这种同步的方法所需要的时间较长,造成开销较大,并进一步影响了系统的性能。In the prior art, each wireless subframe reserves part of resources for transmission of a downlink synchronization signal, which is a distributed transmission mode. The user equipment needs to perform downlink comparison of the synchronization signals of multiple wireless subframes to achieve downlink synchronization of the system. This method of synchronization takes a long time, causing a large overhead and further affecting the performance of the system.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明提供一种高低频混合组网中下行同步的方法,能够节省开销,从而提升系统的性能。The invention provides a method for downlink synchronization in a high-low frequency hybrid networking, which can save overhead and improve system performance.
第一方面,提供了一种下行同步的方法,包括:In a first aspect, a method for downlink synchronization is provided, including:
用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括下行同步及波束训练区间DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为 大于1的正整数;The user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high-frequency base station, and the synchronization information is carried by the synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special sub-frame The frame includes a downlink synchronization and a beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are a positive integer greater than one;
所述用户设备根据所述同步信息进行同步。The user equipment synchronizes according to the synchronization information.
可选地,所述同步无线帧还进一步包括至少一个一般子帧,所述一般子帧用于传输数据。Optionally, the synchronous radio frame further includes at least one general subframe, where the general subframe is used for transmitting data.
这样,同步无线帧中由一般子帧传输数据,由特殊子帧传输同步信号,进一步地,用户设备可以根据该紧密的帧结构进行下行同步,同步开销小,进而能够提高高低频组网系统的同步效率,提升系统性能。In this way, in the synchronous radio frame, the data is transmitted by the general sub-frame, and the synchronization signal is transmitted by the special sub-frame. Further, the user equipment can perform downlink synchronization according to the tight frame structure, and the synchronization overhead is small, thereby improving the high-low frequency networking system. Synchronize efficiency and improve system performance.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个OFDM符号。In conjunction with the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, each of the sub-intervals includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。With reference to the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述所述特定序列所在的时间片的标识ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation of the first aspect, the second OFDM symbol is used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The specific sequence includes an identifier ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a sub-interval in which the specific sequence is located.
可选地,特定序列所在的时间片的ID可以替换为发送波束的ID。可选地,特定序列还可以包括所述高频基站的ID。这样,在特定子区间的特定时间片上传输特定序列,用户设备可以对辅同步信号进行相干检测,获取特定序列所在的时间片的ID以及特定序列所在的子区间的ID,并因此可以获知辅同步信号所在的特殊子帧中OFDM符号的位置,从而能够获取无线帧同步。Alternatively, the ID of the time slice in which the specific sequence is located may be replaced with the ID of the transmission beam. Optionally, the specific sequence may also include the ID of the high frequency base station. In this way, a specific sequence is transmitted on a specific time slice of a specific subinterval, and the user equipment can perform coherent detection on the secondary synchronization signal, acquire the ID of the time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and the ID of the subinterval in which the specific sequence is located, and thus can learn the secondary synchronization. The position of the OFDM symbol in the special subframe in which the signal is located, thereby enabling acquisition of radio frame synchronization.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间还包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the each subinterval further includes Nd subsequent to the Nd time slices Switch the guard interval SGP.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述Nd个同步信号是所述高频基站使用Nd个不同的发送波束依次进行发送的。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the Nd synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station uses Nd different transmit beams Send in order.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,包括:所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收所述Nu个子区间上 的同步信号。也就是说,用户设备使用一个接收波束接收一个子区间上的Nd个同步信号。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, the user equipment, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, that the user equipment receives the synchronization information that is sent by the high frequency base station, including: the user equipment Receiving the Nu subintervals separately using Nu different receiving beams Synchronization signal. That is, the user equipment uses one receive beam to receive Nd sync signals on one subinterval.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号,其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the first special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station Transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, the synchronization signal; in a second special subframe of the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal by using a second sequence of transmit beams, where The second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe, where the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, where the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame; wherein the second synchronization radio frame is adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame The next sync radio frame.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes; the first special subframe For the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes; where N is a positive integer, i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,包括:所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定同步检测窗口的起始位置;所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, the user equipment, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, that the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, including: the user equipment Determining a starting position of the synchronization detecting window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment separately receives the Nu group synchronization signal from the starting position by using Nu different receiving beams, wherein each group The sync signal includes Nd sync signals.
可选地,用户设备还接收低频基站发送的低频信号。具体地,用户设备根据低频基站发送低频信号所使用的帧结构确定同步检测窗口的起始位置。这样,用户设备通过低频辅助确定同步的起始点,使得高频同步更有效。Optionally, the user equipment further receives the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station. Specifically, the user equipment determines the starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the frame structure used by the low frequency base station to transmit the low frequency signal. In this way, the user equipment determines the starting point of the synchronization by the low frequency assistance, making the high frequency synchronization more efficient.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementations of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation of the first aspect, the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting by the first sequence .
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。 In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementations of the first aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation of the first aspect, the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency of the system Delay.
由于系统中存在高低频时延,导致用户设备在同步时存在同步盲区。这里,通过大于高低频时延的循环移位,能够保证用户设备接收到原本处于同步盲区的同步信号,从而能够使得用户设备快速获得高频的下行同步。Due to the high and low frequency delays in the system, the user equipment has a synchronization dead zone when synchronizing. Here, by the cyclic shift greater than the high and low frequency delays, it is ensured that the user equipment receives the synchronization signal that is originally in the synchronization dead zone, so that the user equipment can quickly obtain the high frequency downlink synchronization.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之后的循环后缀CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, where The CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述Nd个同步信号是所述高频基站使用Nd个发送波束依次进行发送的;所述K个同步信号是所述高频基站使用所述Nd个发送波束中的前K个发送波束依次进行发送的。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the Nd synchronization signals are sequentially used by the high frequency base station by using Nd transmit beams And transmitting, wherein the K synchronization signals are sequentially transmitted by the high frequency base station using the first K transmission beams of the Nd transmission beams.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,包括:所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定第一同步检测窗口的第一起始位置;所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第一起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号;所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号和附加接收时延确定第二同步检测窗口的第二起始位置;所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第二起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, including: the user The device determines a first start position of the first synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment separately receives the Nu group synchronization signal from the first start position by using different receiving beams of Nu The set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals; the user equipment determines a second start position of the second synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system and the additional reception delay; the user The device receives the Nu group synchronization signals from the second starting position using Nu different receiving beams, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
可选地,用户设备还接收低频基站发送的低频信号。具体地,用户设备根据低频基站发送低频信号所使用的帧结构确定同步检测窗口的起始位置。这样,用户设备通过低频辅助确定同步的起始点,使得高频同步更有效。Optionally, the user equipment further receives the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station. Specifically, the user equipment determines the starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the frame structure used by the low frequency base station to transmit the low frequency signal. In this way, the user equipment determines the starting point of the synchronization by the low frequency assistance, making the high frequency synchronization more efficient.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述第二特殊子帧为位于所述第一特殊子帧之后的第一个特殊子帧。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second special subframe is located after the first special subframe The first special subframe.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,所述附加接收时延预设置在所述用户设备中。可选地,可以根据所述系统的高低频时延将所述附加接收时延预配置在用户设备中。In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment. Optionally, the additional receiving delay may be pre-configured in the user equipment according to the high and low frequency delay of the system.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中,所述附加接收时延是所述用户设备从所述低频 基站获取的。可选地,低频基站可以根据所述系统的高低频时延确定所述附加接收时延,并将所确定的附加接收时延发送至用户设备。In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementations of the first aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, the additional receiving delay is that the user equipment is from the low frequency Obtained by the base station. Optionally, the low frequency base station may determine the additional receiving delay according to the high and low frequency delay of the system, and send the determined additional receiving delay to the user equipment.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中,所述附加接收时延是所述用户设备通过所述低频基站发送的RRC信令获取的。也就是说,低频基站向用户设备发送的RRC信令包括附加接收时延。In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementations of the first aspect, in the nineteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the additional receiving delay is sent by the user equipment by using the low frequency base station Obtained by RRC signaling. That is to say, the RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station to the user equipment includes an additional reception delay.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中,所述附加接收时延的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延,所述CP所占用的时间片的长度大于或等于所述高低频时延与所述附加接收时延之和。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in the twentieth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, The length of the time slice occupied by the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay.
由于系统中存在高低频时延,导致用户设备在同步时存在同步盲区。这里,通过设置大于高低频时延的附加接收时延,并设置大于高低频时延与附加接收时延之和的CP,能够保证用户设备接收到原本处于同步盲区的同步信号,从而能够使得用户设备快速获得高频的下行同步。Due to the high and low frequency delays in the system, the user equipment has a synchronization dead zone when synchronizing. Here, by setting an additional reception delay greater than the high and low frequency delay and setting a CP greater than the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional reception delay, it is possible to ensure that the user equipment receives the synchronization signal that is originally in the synchronization dead zone, thereby enabling the user to The device quickly obtains high frequency downlink synchronization.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中,在所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息之前,还包括:接收低频基站发送的RRC信令,其中所述RRC信令包括:所述高频基站所采用的频点,和/或,Nd的值。In conjunction with the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing first aspect, in the twenty-first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, before the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, Receiving RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station, where the RRC signaling includes: a frequency point used by the high frequency base station, and/or a value of Nd.
由于Nd的值与高频基站所采用的频点有关。那么,如果RRC信令包括Nd的值,那么用户设备可以直接获知Nd的值。如果RRC信令包括高频基站所采用的频点,那么用户设备可以根据该频点确定Nd的值。Since the value of Nd is related to the frequency used by the high frequency base station. Then, if the RRC signaling includes the value of Nd, the user equipment can directly know the value of Nd. If the RRC signaling includes a frequency point adopted by the high frequency base station, the user equipment can determine the value of Nd according to the frequency point.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括预留数据区间RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval RDP and uplink and downlink switching protection. Interval GP.
可选地,RDP可以用于进行上行数据传输或上行随机接入等。Optionally, the RDP can be used for uplink data transmission or uplink random access.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中,所述同步无线帧还包括一般子帧,所述一般子帧包括8个长度为0.125毫秒的时隙,所述时隙包括Ns个OFDM符号,其中,Ns为正整数。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the second thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes Eight time slots of length 0.125 milliseconds, the time slots comprising Ns OFDM symbols, wherein Ns is a positive integer.
结合第一方面或者上述第一方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周 期为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。With reference to the first aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, in the twenty-fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the week of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station The period is the length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
第二方面,提供了一种下行同步的方法,,包括:In a second aspect, a method for downlink synchronization is provided, including:
高频基站生成同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括下行同步及波束训练区间DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;The high frequency base station generates synchronization information, the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, the synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe, and the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes downlink synchronization. And a beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of the subintervals transmitting Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至用户设备。The high frequency base station transmits the synchronization information to a user equipment.
可选地,所述同步无线帧还进一步包括至少一个一般子帧,所述一般子帧用于传输数据。Optionally, the synchronous radio frame further includes at least one general subframe, where the general subframe is used for transmitting data.
这样,同步无线帧中由一般子帧传输数据,由特殊子帧传输同步信号,高频基站发送的同步信息具有紧密的帧结构。进一步地,用户设备可以根据该紧密的帧结构进行下行同步,同步开销小,进而能够提高高低频组网系统的同步效率,提升系统性能。In this way, in the synchronous radio frame, the data is transmitted by the general subframe, the synchronization signal is transmitted by the special subframe, and the synchronization information transmitted by the high-frequency base station has a compact frame structure. Further, the user equipment can perform downlink synchronization according to the tight frame structure, and the synchronization overhead is small, thereby improving the synchronization efficiency of the high and low frequency networking system and improving system performance.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号。With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the each subinterval includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols. .
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。With reference to the first possible implementation of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation of the foregoing second aspect, in a third possible implementation of the second aspect, the second OFDM symbol is used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The specific sequence includes an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
可选地,特定序列所在的时间片的ID可以替换为发送波束的ID。可选地,特定序列还可以包括所述高频基站的ID。这样,在特定子区间的特定时间片上传输特定序列,用户设备可以对辅同步信号进行相干检测,获取特定序列所在的时间片的ID以及特定序列所在的子区间的ID,并因此可以获知辅同步信号所在的特殊子帧中OFDM符号的位置,从而能够获取无线帧同步。Alternatively, the ID of the time slice in which the specific sequence is located may be replaced with the ID of the transmission beam. Optionally, the specific sequence may also include the ID of the high frequency base station. In this way, a specific sequence is transmitted on a specific time slice of a specific subinterval, and the user equipment can perform coherent detection on the secondary synchronization signal, acquire the ID of the time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and the ID of the subinterval in which the specific sequence is located, and thus can learn the secondary synchronization. The position of the OFDM symbol in the special subframe in which the signal is located, thereby enabling acquisition of radio frame synchronization.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间还包括分别位于所述Nd个时间 片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, each of the sub-intervals further includes the Nd time Nd switching protection intervals SGP after the slice.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至所述用户设备,包括:所述高频基站使用Nd个不同的发送波束发送所述Nd个同步信号。With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including: The high frequency base station transmits the Nd synchronization signals using Nd different transmit beams.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至所述用户设备,包括:With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including:
在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;And transmitting, by the high frequency base station, the synchronization signal by using a first sequence of transmit beams on a first special subframe in the synchronization information;
在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。The second high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe;
所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes;
所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。In conjunction with the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementations of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation of the second aspect, the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system .
由于系统中存在高低频时延,导致用户设备在同步时存在同步盲区。这里,通过大于高低频时延的循环移位,能够保证用户设备接收到原本处于同 步盲区的同步信号,从而能够使得用户设备快速获得高频的下行同步。Due to the high and low frequency delays in the system, the user equipment has a synchronization dead zone when synchronizing. Here, by the cyclic shift greater than the high and low frequency delays, it can be ensured that the user equipment receives the same The synchronization signal of the blind zone enables the user equipment to quickly obtain high frequency downlink synchronization.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之后的循环后缀CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, where The CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至所述用户设备,包括:With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including :
所述高频基站使用Nd个发送波束依次发送所述Nd个同步信号;The high frequency base station sequentially transmits the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd transmission beams;
所述高频基站使用所述Nd个发送波束中的前K个发送波束依次发送所述K个同步信号。The high frequency base station sequentially transmits the K synchronization signals using the first K transmit beams of the Nd transmit beams.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括预留数据区间RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval (RDP) and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval. GP.
可选地,RDP可以用于进行上行数据传输或上行随机接入等。Optionally, the RDP can be used for uplink data transmission or uplink random access.
结合第二方面或者上述第二方面的任一可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。With reference to the second aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the foregoing second aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is M The length of the wireless frame, where M is a positive integer.
第三方面,提供了一种用户设备,包括:In a third aspect, a user equipment is provided, including:
接收单元,用于接收高频基站发送的同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;a receiving unit, configured to receive synchronization information sent by a high frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where The special subframe includes a DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
处理单元,用于根据所述同步信息进行同步。And a processing unit, configured to perform synchronization according to the synchronization information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号。With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the each subinterval includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols. .
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信 号的特定序列,其中,所述特定序列包括所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second OFDM symbol is used to send the secondary synchronization A specific sequence of numbers, wherein the specific sequence includes an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间还包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the each subinterval further includes Nd respectively located after the Nd time slices Switch protection interval SGP.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述Nd个同步信号是所述高频基站使用Nd个不同的发送波束进行发送的。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the Nd synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station uses Nd different transmissions The beam is sent.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,具体用于:使用Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收所述Nu个子区间的同步信号。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, the receiving unit is specifically configured to: receive, respectively, by using different receiving beams of Nu The synchronization signal of the Nu subintervals.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the first special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency The base station transmits the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams; and in the second special subframe of the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe;
所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes;
所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,具体用于:With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定同步检测窗口的起始位置;Determining a starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system;
使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信 号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。Receiving a Nu group synchronization signal from the starting position respectively using Nu different receiving beams No., wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting by the first sequence of.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency of the system Delay.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之后的循环后缀CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, The CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述Nd个同步信号是所述高频基站使用Nd个发送波束依次进行发送的;With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the Nd synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station uses Nd transmit beams Sending in sequence;
所述K个同步信号是所述高频基站使用所述Nd个发送波束中的前K个发送波束依次进行发送的。The K synchronization signals are that the high frequency base station sequentially transmits using the first K transmission beams of the Nd transmission beams.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,具体用于:With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定第一同步检测窗口的第一起始位置;Determining, according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system, a first starting position of the first synchronization detection window;
使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第一起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号;Receiving a Nu group synchronization signal respectively from the first starting position using Nu different receiving beams, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals;
根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号和附加接收时延确定第二同步检测窗口的第二起始位置;Determining a second starting position of the second synchronization detecting window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system and the additional receiving delay;
使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第二起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。The Nu group synchronization signals are respectively received from the second start position using Nu different receive beams, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述第二特殊子帧为位于所述第一特殊子帧之后的第一个特殊子帧。In conjunction with the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, the second special subframe is located after the first special subframe The first special subframe.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,所述附加接收时延预设置在所述用户设备中。 In conjunction with the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,还用于从所述低频基站获取所述附加接收时延。In conjunction with the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to acquire the Receive delay.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,具体用于通过所述低频基站发送的无线资源控制RRC信令获取所述附加接收时延。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, the receiving unit is configured to use the radio resource that is sent by the low frequency base station, in a nineteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, Controlling RRC signaling to obtain the additional reception delay.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中,所述附加接收时延的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延,所述CP所占用的时间片的长度大于或等于所述高低频时延与所述附加接收时延之和。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the twentieth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system. The length of the time slice occupied by the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,还用于:In conjunction with the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to:
接收低频基站发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,其中所述RRC信令包括:Receiving radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station, where the RRC signaling includes:
所述高频基站所采用的频点,和/或,Nd的值。The frequency point used by the high frequency base station, and/or the value of Nd.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括预留数据区间RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval RDP and an uplink and downlink switch. Protection interval GP.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中,所述同步无线帧还包括一般子帧,所述一般子帧包括8个长度为0.125毫秒的时隙,所述时隙包括Ns个OFDM符号,其中,Ns为正整数。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing third aspect, in the twenty-third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe There are eight time slots of length 0.125 milliseconds, the time slots comprising Ns OFDM symbols, wherein Ns is a positive integer.
结合第三方面或者上述第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the twenty-fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is The length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
第四方面,提供了一种高频基站,包括:In a fourth aspect, a high frequency base station is provided, including:
生成单元,用于生成同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;a generating unit, configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of the subintervals transmitting Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
发送单元,用于将所述同步信息发送至用户设备。And a sending unit, configured to send the synchronization information to the user equipment.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区 间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, each of the sub-areas The Nd time slices are included, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to send a primary synchronization signal, where the at least The second of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列,其中,所述特定序列包括所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。With reference to the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second OFDM symbol is used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal, where the specific The sequence includes the ID of the time slice in which the particular sequence is located, and the ID of the subinterval in which the particular sequence is located.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述每个子区间还包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the each subinterval further includes Nd respectively after the Nd time slices Switch protection interval SGP.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元,具体用于:使用Nd个不同的发送波束发送所述Nd个同步信号。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the sending unit is specifically configured to: use Nd different transmit beam sending stations Nd synchronization signals are described.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元,具体用于:With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing fourth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending unit is specifically configured to:
在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;Transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, the synchronization signal on a first special subframe in the synchronization information;
在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。And transmitting, on the second special subframe in the synchronization information, the synchronization signal by using a second sequence of transmission beams.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the foregoing fourth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe;
所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, each of the synchronous radio frames includes 2N special subframes;
所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧; The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting by the first sequence .
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency of the system Delay.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之后的循环后缀CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the special subframe further includes a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, The CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer less than Nd.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元,具体用于:使用Nd个发送波束依次发送所述Nd个同步信号;使用所述Nd个发送波束中的前K个发送波束依次发送所述K个同步信号。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the foregoing fourth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending unit is configured to: sequentially send the device by using Nd transmit beams. Decoding Nd synchronization signals; sequentially transmitting the K synchronization signals using the first K transmission beams of the Nd transmission beams.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述特殊子帧还包括预留数据区间RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the special subframe further includes a reserved data interval RDP and uplink and downlink switching protection Interval GP.
结合第四方面或者上述第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners, the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is M The length of the radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
第五方面,提供了一种用户设备,包括处理器、收发器和存储器。收发器用于接收所述高频基站发送的同步信息,承载所述同步信息的同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数。处理器用于根据所述同步信息进行同步。In a fifth aspect, a user equipment is provided, including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory. The transceiver is configured to receive synchronization information sent by the high-frequency base station, where the synchronization radio frame that carries the synchronization information includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes a DLBP The DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one. The processor is configured to synchronize according to the synchronization information.
可选地,第五方面中的收发器可以由接收器实现。Alternatively, the transceiver in the fifth aspect may be implemented by a receiver.
第六方面,提供了一种高频基站,包括处理器、收发器和存储器。处理器用于生成同步信息,承载所述同步信息的同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数。收发器用于将 所述同步信息发送至所述用户设备。In a sixth aspect, a high frequency base station is provided, including a processor, a transceiver, and a memory. The processor is configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization radio frame carrying the synchronization information includes at least one special subframe, the special subframe includes a DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each subinterval transmits Nd synchronization signals, Wherein Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one. Transceiver for The synchronization information is sent to the user equipment.
可选地,第六方面中的收发器可以由发送器实现。Alternatively, the transceiver in the sixth aspect may be implemented by a transmitter.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被用户设备的接收单元、处理单元或收发器、处理器运行时,使得所述用户设备执行上述第一方面,及其各种实现方式中的任一种下行同步的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a receiving unit, a processing unit or a transceiver of a user equipment, a processor, The user equipment performs the above-described first aspect, and a method of downlink synchronization of any of its various implementations.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被高频基站的生成单元、发送单元或收发器、处理器运行时,使得所述高频基站执行上述第二方面,及其各种实现方式中的任一种下行同步的方法。According to an eighth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a generating unit, a transmitting unit or a transceiver of a high frequency base station, and a processor, The high frequency base station performs the above second aspect, and a method of downlink synchronization of any of the various implementations.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序,所述程序使得用户设备执行上述第一方面,及其各种实现方式中的任一种下行同步的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer readable storage medium is provided, the computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a user equipment to perform the first aspect described above, and any one of the various implementations of the downlink synchronization Methods.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序,所述程序使得高频基站执行上述第二方面,及其各种实现方式中的任一种下行同步的方法。According to a tenth aspect, there is provided a computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a high frequency base station to perform the second aspect described above, and any of the various implementations thereof The method of synchronization.
本发明中,高频基站在特殊子帧中发送同步信息,UE通过接收特殊子帧中的同步信号,完成与高频基站的同步,这样有利于UE快速接入高频系统,节省接入时的功耗。In the present invention, the high frequency base station transmits synchronization information in a special subframe, and the UE completes synchronization with the high frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which is advantageous for the UE to quickly access the high frequency system and save access. Power consumption.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. For the embodiments, other drawings may be obtained from those skilled in the art without any inventive labor.
图1是本发明实施例的高低频混合组网系统的场景示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a high and low frequency hybrid networking system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图2是本发明实施例的同步无线帧的一个结构示意图。2 is a schematic structural diagram of a synchronous radio frame according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图3是本发明实施例的高频基站所使用的帧结构的一个示意图。3 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图4是本发明实施例的特殊子帧的一个结构示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5是本发明实施例的特殊子帧的另一结构示意图。FIG. 5 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图6是本发明实施例的特殊子帧的另一结构示意图。 FIG. 6 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图7是本发明实施例的特殊子帧的另一结构示意图。FIG. 7 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图8是本发明实施例的DLBP的一个结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a DLBP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图9是本发明实施例的DLBP的子区间的一个结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a subinterval of a DLBP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图10是本发明实施例的特殊子帧的另一结构示意图。FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图11是本发明实施例的UE使用的接收波束的一个示意图。11 is a schematic diagram of a receive beam used by a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图12是本发明实施例的同步检测窗口的一个示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic illustration of a synchronization detection window in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图13是本发明实施例的同步检测窗口的另一个示意图。Figure 13 is another schematic diagram of a synchronization detection window in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图14是本发明实施例的UE使用的接收波束的另一个示意图。FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of a receive beam used by a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图15是本发明实施例的高频基站使用的发送波束的一个示意图。Figure 15 is a diagram showing a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图16是本发明实施例的高频基站使用的发送波束的另一个示意图。16 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图17是本发明实施例的高频基站使用的发送波束的另一个示意图。17 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图18是本发明实施例的一个特殊子帧上的UE接收同步信号的一个示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图19是本发明实施例的另一个特殊子帧上的UE接收同步信号的另一个示意图。FIG. 19 is another schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on another special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图20是本发明实施例的高频基站使用的发送波束的另一个示意图。20 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图21是本发明实施例的高频基站使用的发送波束的另一个示意图。21 is another schematic diagram of a transmission beam used by a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图22是本发明实施例的同步检测窗口的另一个示意图。Figure 22 is another schematic diagram of a synchronization detection window in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
图23是本发明实施例的一个特殊子帧上的UE接收同步信号的一个示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on a special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图24是本发明实施例的另一个特殊子帧上的UE接收同步信号的另一个示意图。FIG. 24 is another schematic diagram of a UE receiving a synchronization signal on another special subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图25是本发明一个实施例下行同步的方法的流程图。Figure 25 is a flow diagram of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
图26是本发明另一个实施例的下行同步的方法的流程图。26 is a flow chart of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention.
图27是本发明一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图。Figure 27 is a block diagram showing the structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图28是本发明另一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图。FIG. 28 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
图29是本发明一个实施例的高频基站的结构框图。Figure 29 is a block diagram showing the structure of a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图30是本发明另一个实施例的高频基站的结构框图。Figure 30 is a block diagram showing the structure of a high frequency base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行 清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solution in the embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is clear that the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例中,基站可以是全球移动通信(Global System for Mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是未来5G网络中的基站设备、小基站设备等,本发明对此并不限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, the base station may be a Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) system or a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, or may be A base station (NodeB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, which may also be an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a base station in a future 5G network. The device, the small base station device, and the like are not limited by the present invention.
本发明实施例中,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network)进行通信,UE可称为接入终端、终端设备、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。UE可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的终端设备等。In the embodiment of the present invention, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) may communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network) via a radio access network (RAN), and the UE may be referred to as an access terminal or a terminal. Device, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The UE may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), or a wireless communication function. Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, and terminal devices in future 5G networks.
图1是本发明一个实施例的应用场景的示意图。图1中示出了高低频混合组网系统,包括低频基站11、高频基站12和UE 13。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention. A high and low frequency hybrid networking system is shown in FIG. 1, including a low frequency base station 11, a high frequency base station 12, and a UE 13.
本发明实施例中,低频基站11的频段相比于高频基站12的频段要低。其中,低频基站11所采用的频段可以是6GHz以下的低频段,例如2GHz、5GHz。高频基站12所采用的频段可以是以毫米波频段(即6GHz以上)为代表的高频段,举例来说,高频基站12所使用的频点可以为72GHz,28GHz或14GHz。In the embodiment of the present invention, the frequency band of the low frequency base station 11 is lower than the frequency band of the high frequency base station 12. The frequency band used by the low frequency base station 11 may be a low frequency band below 6 GHz, for example, 2 GHz and 5 GHz. The frequency band used by the high frequency base station 12 may be a high frequency band represented by a millimeter wave frequency band (ie, 6 GHz or higher). For example, the frequency used by the high frequency base station 12 may be 72 GHz, 28 GHz or 14 GHz.
其中,低频基站11覆盖一个范围较大的区域,高频基站12在低频基站的覆盖范围内进行热点覆盖,以提升热点地区的容量。UE 13通常既配备低频收发机又配备高频收发机,低频收发机用于与低频基站11进行数据通信,高频收发机用于与高频基站12进行数据通信。The low-frequency base station 11 covers a large area, and the high-frequency base station 12 performs hotspot coverage within the coverage of the low-frequency base station to improve the capacity of the hot spot. The UE 13 is typically equipped with both a low frequency transceiver and a high frequency transceiver, a low frequency transceiver for data communication with the low frequency base station 11, and a high frequency transceiver for data communication with the high frequency base station 12.
UE 13要与高频基站12建立正常的通信链路,首先需要通过下行同步 信道获取高频系统下行同步,然后再通过随机接入过程接入高频系统。The UE 13 needs to establish a normal communication link with the high frequency base station 12, and first needs to pass the downlink synchronization. The channel acquires the downlink synchronization of the high frequency system, and then accesses the high frequency system through the random access process.
图2示出了本发明实施例中高频基站发送同步信号所使用的帧结构中的一个同步无线帧。可理解,图2所示的帧结构为高频通信系统的一种通用帧结构。2 shows a synchronous radio frame in a frame structure used by a high frequency base station to transmit a synchronization signal in an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that the frame structure shown in FIG. 2 is a general frame structure of a high frequency communication system.
图2所示的同步无线帧的帧长为10毫秒(ms),这样可以与现有的LTE系统的帧结构兼容。一个无线帧由10个帧长为1ms的无线子帧构成。本发明实施例中,定义了两种类型的无线子帧:一般子帧和特殊子帧。其中,一般子帧主要用于正常的数据传输,特殊子帧用于传输高频同步信号。The frame length of the synchronous radio frame shown in FIG. 2 is 10 milliseconds (ms), which is compatible with the frame structure of the existing LTE system. A radio frame consists of 10 radio subframes with a frame length of 1 ms. In the embodiment of the present invention, two types of wireless subframes are defined: a general subframe and a special subframe. Among them, the general subframe is mainly used for normal data transmission, and the special subframe is used for transmitting high frequency synchronization signals.
本发明实施例中,高频基站12所使用的帧结构可以包括两类:同步无线帧和一般无线帧。其中,同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧和多个一般子帧,一般无线帧包括10个一般子帧。并且,一个同步无线帧的帧长为10ms,一个一般无线帧的帧长也为10ms。In the embodiment of the present invention, the frame structure used by the high frequency base station 12 may include two types: a synchronous radio frame and a general radio frame. The synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe and a plurality of general subframes, and the general radio frame includes 10 general subframes. Moreover, the frame length of one synchronous radio frame is 10 ms, and the frame length of a general radio frame is also 10 ms.
本发明实施例中,高频基站12所使用的同步无线帧的周期可以为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。也就是说,高频基站12所使用的帧结构中,在一个同步无线帧之后间隔M-1个一般无线帧,再使用下一个同步无线帧,如图3所示。高频基站12所使用的帧结构中,每M个连续的无线帧中包括一个同步无线帧和M-1个一般无线帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station 12 may be the length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is to say, in the frame structure used by the high-frequency base station 12, M-1 normal radio frames are spaced after one synchronous radio frame, and the next synchronous radio frame is used, as shown in FIG. In the frame structure used by the high frequency base station 12, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M consecutive radio frames.
可理解,若M=1,则表示,高频基站12所使用的帧结构中,每一个无线帧均为同步无线帧。It can be understood that if M=1, it means that in the frame structure used by the high-frequency base station 12, each radio frame is a synchronous radio frame.
可理解,一个一般子帧的帧长为1ms,一个特殊子帧的帧长也为1ms。一个同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,如图2中示出了一个同步无线帧包含两个特殊子帧201和202。It can be understood that the frame length of a general subframe is 1 ms, and the frame length of a special subframe is also 1 ms. A synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe, as shown in FIG. 2, a synchronous radio frame including two special subframes 201 and 202.
其中,一个一般子帧被划分为8个长度为0.125ms的时隙,每个时隙由Ns个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号构成。Ns的大小取决于高频通信系统所采用的频点,具体地,当频点为72GHz时,Ns=80;当频点为28GHz时,Ns=40;当频点为14GHz时,Ns=20。A general subframe is divided into eight time slots having a length of 0.125 ms, and each time slot is composed of Ns Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. The size of Ns depends on the frequency used by the high-frequency communication system. Specifically, when the frequency is 72 GHz, Ns=80; when the frequency is 28 GHz, Ns=40; when the frequency is 14 GHz, Ns=20 .
可选地,一个一般子帧可以被划分为多个等长的时隙,其中,每个时隙的长度可以为0.1ms至0.2ms。例如,一个一般子帧可以包括10个长度为0.1ms的时隙。Alternatively, a general subframe may be divided into a plurality of equally long time slots, wherein each time slot may have a length of 0.1 ms to 0.2 ms. For example, a general subframe may include 10 time slots of length 0.1 ms.
其中,特殊子帧可以包括下行同步及波束训练区间(Downlink  synchronization & Beam-training Period,DLBP)。另外,特殊子帧还可以包括预留数据区间(Reserved Data Period,RDP)以及上下行切换保护间隔(Guard Period,GP)。可理解,本发明实施例中的特殊子帧用于下行同步以及波束训练。The special subframe may include a downlink synchronization and a beam training interval (Downlink) Synchronization & Beam-training Period, DLBP). In addition, the special subframe may further include a Reserved Data Period (RDP) and an uplink and downlink handover guard interval (GP). It can be understood that the special subframe in the embodiment of the present invention is used for downlink synchronization and beam training.
应注意,本发明实施例中,DLBP也可以称为下行同步区间或者波束训练区间等,这里对该区间的名称不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the DLBP may also be referred to as a downlink synchronization interval or a beam training interval, etc., and the name of the interval is not limited herein.
本发明实施例对特殊子帧所包含的DLBP与RDP的顺序或位置不作限定,如图4至图7所示。如图4示出了DLBP起始于第一个OFDM符号,且上行RDP终止于最后一个(假设为第Nm个)OFDM符号的情形。如图5示出了上行RDP起始于第一个OFDM符号,且DLBP终止于最后一个(假设为第Nm个)OFDM符号的情形。如图6示出了下行RDP起始于第一个OFDM符号,终止于第k1-1(k1>1)个OFDM符号,DLBP起始于第k1个OFDM符号,且上行RDP终止于最后一个(假设为第Nm个)OFDM符号的情形。如图7示出了上行RDP起始于第一个OFDM符号,且DLBP终止于第k2(k2<Nm)个OFDM符号,下行RDP起始于k2+1个OFDM符号,终止于最后一个(假设为第Nm个)OFDM符号的情形。The embodiment of the present invention does not limit the order or position of the DLBP and the RDP included in the special subframe, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7. As shown in FIG. 4, the case where the DLBP starts from the first OFDM symbol and the uplink RDP terminates in the last (assumed to be the Nmth) OFDM symbol. As shown in FIG. 5, the case where the uplink RDP starts from the first OFDM symbol and the DLBP terminates in the last (assumed to be the Nmth) OFDM symbol. As shown in FIG. 6, the downlink RDP starts from the first OFDM symbol, ends in the k1-1th (k1>1) OFDM symbol, the DLBP starts from the k1st OFDM symbol, and the uplink RDP terminates in the last one ( The case of the Nmth OFDM symbol is assumed. As shown in Figure 7, the uplink RDP starts with the first OFDM symbol, and the DLBP terminates at the k2 (k2 < Nm) OFDM symbols, and the downlink RDP starts with k2 + 1 OFDM symbols, ending with the last one (hypothesis) The case of the Nmth) OFDM symbol.
本发明实施例中,DLBP可包括Nu个子区间,如图8所示,Nu个子区间为:DLBP0,DLBP1,…,DLBPNu-2,DLBPNu-1。每个子区间可由Nd个时间片(Slice)组成。如图8示出了第一个子区间DLBP0包括Nd个时间片,分别为:S0,S1,…,SNd-1。其中,Nu和Nd的大小分别与高频基站12发送宽波束的个数和用户设备13接收宽波束的个数相对应,其取值取决于高频通信系统所采用的频点。作为一例,当频点为72GHz时,Nd=16或12,Nu=12。当频点为28GHz时,Nd=12,Nu=8。当频点为14GHz时,Nd=8,Nu=6。In the embodiment of the present invention, the DLBP may include Nu subintervals. As shown in FIG. 8, the Nu subintervals are: DLBP 0 , DLBP 1 , . . . , DLBP Nu-2 , DLBP Nu-1 . Each subinterval can be composed of Nd time slices. As shown in FIG. 8, the first subinterval DLBP 0 includes Nd time slices, which are: S 0 , S 1 , . . . , S Nd-1 . The magnitudes of Nu and Nd respectively correspond to the number of wide beams transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 and the number of wide beams received by the user equipment 13, and the value depends on the frequency used by the high frequency communication system. As an example, when the frequency point is 72 GHz, Nd = 16 or 12, and Nu = 12. When the frequency is 28 GHz, Nd = 12 and Nu = 8. When the frequency is 14 GHz, Nd=8 and Nu=6.
可理解,本发明实施例中,Ns、Nd和Nu都为大于1的正整数,并且Ns、Nd和Nu的值都与系统中高频基站所使用的频点有关。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, Ns, Nd, and Nu are both positive integers greater than 1, and the values of Ns, Nd, and Nu are related to the frequency points used by the high frequency base station in the system.
其中,Nu的值不仅与频点有关,而且还与UE本身的性能有关。例如,当频点为28GHz时,某一个UE的Nu=8,另一个UE的Nu=12。Among them, the value of Nu is not only related to the frequency, but also related to the performance of the UE itself. For example, when the frequency point is 28 GHz, Nu=8 of one UE and Nu=12 of another UE.
另外,每个子区间还可包括分别位于Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔(Switching Guard Period,SGP)。In addition, each sub-interval may further include Nd Switching Guard Periods (SGPs) respectively located after Nd time slices.
本发明实施例中,一个时间片的长度可以为Nr个OFDM符号,其中, Nr为正整数。In the embodiment of the present invention, the length of one time slice may be Nr OFDM symbols, where Nr is a positive integer.
例如,Nr可以为1。For example, Nr can be 1.
例如,Nr可以为2。即,每个时间片的长度包括两个OFDM符号。其中,两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号(Primary Synchronization Signal,PSS),两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号(Secondary Synchronization Signal,SSS)。如图9所示,时间片S0包括两个OFDM符号,分别用于发送SSS和PSS。For example, Nr can be 2. That is, the length of each time slice includes two OFDM symbols. The first OFDM symbol of the two OFDM symbols is used to send a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), and the second OFDM symbol of the two OFDM symbols is used to send a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS). As shown in FIG. 9, the time slice S 0 includes two OFDM symbols for transmitting the SSS and the PSS, respectively.
例如,Nr可以大于2。即,每个时间片的长度包括至少两个OFDM符号。其中,至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送PSS,至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送SSS。也就是说,Nr个OFDM符号中至少有一个OFDM符号用于发送PSS;Nr个OFDM符号中至少有一个OFDM符号用于发送SSS。For example, Nr can be greater than two. That is, the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols. Wherein the first OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used for transmitting the PSS, and the second OFDM symbol of the at least two OFDM symbols is used for transmitting the SSS. That is, at least one of the Nr OFDM symbols is used to transmit the PSS; at least one of the Nr OFDM symbols is used to transmit the SSS.
在频域上,PSS和SSS通过系统带宽的中间W兆赫兹进行传输,典型的W=500。与LTE系统类似的,在给定高频基站的某一个特定小区传输PSS的特定序列,用于给UE 13指明其在一个高频基站内的小区ID,假设一个高频基站最多控制6个高频小区,则高频小区ID的取值为0~5。In the frequency domain, PSS and SSS are transmitted through the intermediate W megahertz of the system bandwidth, typically W=500. Similar to the LTE system, a specific sequence of PSS is transmitted in a specific cell of a given high frequency base station, and is used to indicate to the UE 13 its cell ID in a high frequency base station, assuming that one high frequency base station controls up to six high frequency cells. The value of the high frequency cell ID is 0 to 5.
具体地,第二OFDM符号可以发送SSS的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述特定序列所在的时间片的标识(Identity,ID)、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。In particular, the second OFDM symbol can transmit a specific sequence of SSS. The specific sequence includes an identifier (Identity, ID) of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
或者,特定序列可以包括以下至少一种:所述高频基站的ID、所述特定序列所在的时间片的、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。或者,特定序列可以包括以下至少一种:所述高频基站的ID、所述特定序列所在的时间片上所使用的发送波束的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。本发明对此不作限定。Alternatively, the specific sequence may include at least one of: an ID of the high frequency base station, a time slice of the specific sequence, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located. Alternatively, the specific sequence may include at least one of: an ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a transmission beam used on a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located. The invention is not limited thereto.
例如,可以在高频基站的某个特定的DLBP的子区间中的某个特定时间片上传输SSS的特定序列,用于给UE 13指明,其所在的高频基站ID、该特定DLBP的子区间ID(取值为0~Nu-1)以及该特定时间片上使用的高频基站的发送波束ID或时间片ID(取值为0~Nd-1)。For example, a specific sequence of SSS may be transmitted on a specific time slice in a subinterval of a specific DLBP of the high frequency base station, for indicating to the UE 13, the high frequency base station ID in which it is located, and the subinterval of the specific DLBP. The ID (value is 0 to Nu-1) and the transmit beam ID or time slice ID of the high frequency base station used on the specific time slice (values 0 to Nd-1).
具体的,UE 13先对PSS进行非相干检测,获取符号同步并得到高频小区ID。假设信道相干持续时间远大于一个OFDM符号周期,利用PSS和SSS的相关性,对SSS进行相干检测,获取高频基站ID、DLBP的子区间ID以 及基站发送波束ID(时间片ID)。由于在一个特殊子帧内,DLBP的子区间ID和基站发送波束ID(时间片ID)与SSS所在的特殊子帧中OFDM符号位置是一一对应的,因此获取上述信息即能获知SSS所在的特殊子帧中OFDM符号位置,即能获取无线帧同步。如图10所示,假设UE 13成功检测到DLBP1子区间发送的PSS信号,通过PSS信号对DLBP1子区间发送的SSS信号进行相干检测。获得DLBP子区间ID号为1,基站发送波束ID(时间片ID)为1,则从SSS所在符号位置,往前推一个DLBP周期加一个时间片周期即能得到特殊子帧的起始位置,根据特殊子帧在无线帧中的位置,则可以直接推出无线帧起始点的位置,成功获取无线帧同步。对于一个无线帧中有两个或者多个特殊子帧的情况,需要通过指示高频基站ID的序列来区分各个特殊子帧。Specifically, the UE 13 performs non-coherent detection on the PSS, acquires symbol synchronization, and obtains a high frequency cell ID. Assuming that the channel coherence duration is much longer than one OFDM symbol period, the correlation between the PSS and the SSS is used to perform coherent detection on the SSS to obtain the high frequency base station ID, the subinterval ID of the DLBP, and the base station transmit beam ID (time slice ID). Since the sub-interval ID of the DLBP and the base station transmit beam ID (time slice ID) are in one-to-one correspondence with the OFDM symbol position in the special subframe in which the SSS is located in a special subframe, the above information can be obtained to obtain the SSS. The OFDM symbol position in the special subframe can obtain the radio frame synchronization. 10, UE 13 is assumed successfully detected signal PSS sent DLBP 1 subintervals, coherent detection of the signal SSS DLBP 1 subinterval signals transmitted by the PSS. When the DLBP subinterval ID number is 1, and the base station transmit beam ID (time slice ID) is 1, the start position of the special sub-frame can be obtained by pushing a DLBP period and adding a time slice period from the symbol position of the SSS. According to the position of the special subframe in the radio frame, the position of the starting point of the radio frame can be directly pushed out, and the radio frame synchronization is successfully obtained. For the case where there are two or more special subframes in one radio frame, it is necessary to distinguish each special subframe by a sequence indicating the high frequency base station ID.
其中,关于发送波束的描述可以参见以下的具体实施例。For a description of the transmit beam, refer to the following specific embodiments.
本发明实施例中,高频基站12可以采用如前所示的同步无线帧发送同步信号。具体的,一个特殊子帧(如图2中的子帧#1)上,在DLBP的每一个子区间,高频基站12可以在Nd个时间片上使用不同的发送波束发送同步信号。换句话说,在每个子区间,高频基站12可以通过Nd个第一顺序的发送波束发送Nd个同步信号。也可以理解,在一个特殊子帧的DLBP上,高频基站12通过Nd个第一顺序的发送波束发送Nd个同步信号,且发送周期为Nu。In the embodiment of the present invention, the high frequency base station 12 can transmit the synchronization signal by using the synchronous radio frame as shown in the foregoing. Specifically, on a special subframe (such as subframe #1 in FIG. 2), in each subinterval of the DLBP, the high frequency base station 12 can transmit the synchronization signal using different transmission beams on the Nd time slices. In other words, in each subinterval, the high frequency base station 12 can transmit Nd synchronization signals through the Nd first sequential transmission beams. It can also be understood that, on the DLBP of a special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 transmits Nd synchronization signals through Nd first sequential transmission beams, and the transmission period is Nu.
举例来说,第一顺序可以为#0至#Nd-1。例如,在时间片S0上通过发送波束#0发送同步信号,在时间片S1上通过发送波束#1发送同步信号,…,在时间片SNd-1上通过发送波束#Nd-1发送同步信号。其中,SGP用于不同发送波束之间的切换。参照图8,可理解,时间片的ID也可以为发送波束的ID。For example, the first order may be #0 to #Nd-1. For example, transmits a synchronization signal transmission beam # 0 in the time sheet S 0, the time the sheet S 1 by the transmission beams # 1 transmits a synchronization signal, ..., a time slice S Nd-1 transmission Nd-1 by transmitting beams # on Synchronization signal. Among them, SGP is used for switching between different transmit beams. Referring to FIG. 8, it can be understood that the ID of the time slice can also be the ID of the transmission beam.
结合图8,可以理解,在DLBP上,以Nu为周期确定发送波束,其中周期性使用的发送波束为第一顺序的Nd个发送波束。With reference to FIG. 8, it can be understood that on the DLBP, the transmit beam is determined with a period of Nu, wherein the periodically used transmit beams are the first order of Nd transmit beams.
本发明实施例中,可以将一个特殊子帧认为是预留的若干个OFDM符号。那么,上述高频基站12发送同步信号的过程可以理解为:高频基站12在预留的若干个连续的传输符号(特殊子帧)上,以一个固定的发送波束切换周期(Nu个周期),和一个固定的发送波束逻辑顺序(#0,#1,…,#Nd-1),依次切换发送波束发送同步信号。 In this embodiment of the present invention, a special subframe may be considered as a reserved number of OFDM symbols. Then, the process of transmitting the synchronization signal by the high-frequency base station 12 can be understood as: the high-frequency base station 12 has a fixed transmission beam switching period (Nu cycles) on a plurality of reserved transmission symbols (special subframes) reserved. And a fixed transmit beam logic sequence (#0, #1, ..., #Nd-1), which in turn switches the transmit beam to transmit the synchronization signal.
应注意,这里的发送波束的逻辑顺序(即第一顺序)不限定为#0至#Nd-1。例如,也可以为#1,#2,…,#Nd-1,#0;或者也可以为#Nd-1,#Nd-2,…,#1,#0等等。It should be noted that the logical order (ie, the first order) of the transmit beams herein is not limited to #0 to #Nd-1. For example, it may be #1, #2, ..., #Nd-1, #0; or it may be #Nd-1, #Nd-2,..., #1, #0, and the like.
这样,UE 13在接收到高频基站12发送的同步信号之后,可以完成与高频基站12的同步并建立正常的通信链路。Thus, after receiving the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12, the UE 13 can complete synchronization with the high frequency base station 12 and establish a normal communication link.
具体地,UE可以在一个子区间内通过一个固定的接收波束接收同步信号。在不同的子区间,UE 13切换不同的接收波束来接收同步信号。也就是说,UE通过Nu个接收波束分别对应接收Nu个子区间上的波束。如图11所示。UE通过接收波束#0接收子区间DLBP0上的同步信号,通过接收波束#1接收子区间DLBP1上的同步信号,…,通过接收波束#Nu-1接收子区间DLBPNu-1上的同步信号。Specifically, the UE may receive the synchronization signal through a fixed receive beam in one subinterval. In different subintervals, the UE 13 switches between different receive beams to receive the synchronization signal. That is to say, the UE respectively receives the beams on the Nu subintervals through the Nu receiving beams. As shown in Figure 11. The UE receives the synchronization signal on the sub-interval DLBP 0 through the reception beam #0, receives the synchronization signal on the sub-interval DLBP 1 through the reception beam #1, ..., and receives the synchronization on the sub-interval DLBP Nu-1 through the reception beam #Nu-1 signal.
对于如图1所示的高低频混合组网系统,UE 13可以通过低频辅助快速获得高频系统的下行同步。如图12示出了低频基站11的一个序号为#k的无线帧以及高频基站12的一个序号为#k的同步无线帧。其中,0至9表示子帧的序号。For the high and low frequency hybrid networking system shown in FIG. 1, the UE 13 can quickly obtain the downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through the low frequency assistance. A radio frame of the low frequency base station 11 having a serial number #k and a synchronous radio frame of the high frequency base station 12 having a serial number #k are shown in FIG. Wherein, 0 to 9 indicate the sequence number of the subframe.
应注意,尽管图12中所示出的高频基站12的一个序号为#k的同步无线帧包括两个特殊子帧,分别为序号为1和序号为6的子帧。但是,本发明对一个同步无线帧所包括的特殊子帧的个数不作限定,例如,一个同步无线帧可以只包括一个特殊子帧,或者,一个同步无线帧也可以包括更多个特殊子帧(3个、4个等)。It should be noted that although a synchronous radio frame of the high frequency base station 12 shown in FIG. 12 having the sequence number #k includes two special subframes, which are subframes of sequence number 1 and sequence number 6, respectively. However, the present invention does not limit the number of special subframes included in a synchronous radio frame. For example, one synchronous radio frame may include only one special subframe, or one synchronous radio frame may include more special subframes. (3, 4, etc.).
应注意,尽管图12中所示出的特殊子帧包括DLBP、GP和RDP,但是本发明对特殊子帧的结构不限于此,具体可以参见前述图2至图7的相关描述。It should be noted that although the special subframes shown in FIG. 12 include DLBP, GP, and RDP, the structure of the special subframe of the present invention is not limited thereto. For details, refer to the related descriptions of FIG. 2 to FIG. 7 described above.
假设高低频能够严格同步,UE 13通过低频基站11能够获得高频基站12的帧同步,也就是说,UE 13能够确定高频基站12的子帧0的起始时刻,然后UE 13就可以以该高频基站12中的特殊子帧(如序号为1的子帧)的起始时刻开始,进行高频下行同步信号检测。Assuming that the high and low frequencies can be strictly synchronized, the UE 13 can obtain the frame synchronization of the high frequency base station 12 through the low frequency base station 11, that is, the UE 13 can determine the start time of the subframe 0 of the high frequency base station 12, and then the UE 13 can The start time of the special subframe (such as the subframe numbered 1) in the high-frequency base station 12 starts, and the high-frequency downlink synchronization signal detection is performed.
具体的,同步检测窗口的长度为特殊子帧中定义的DLBP的长度,在一个同步检测窗口中,UE 13能够遍历所有的高频基站12的发送波束和UE 13的接收波束的组合。这样,UE 13通过一个同步检测窗口,即能获得高频系统的下行同步,同时获取相应的高频基站12的发送波束和UE 13的接收波 束的ID号、小区ID号、DLBP所包括的子区间ID号等。Specifically, the length of the synchronization detection window is the length of the DLBP defined in the special subframe. In a synchronization detection window, the UE 13 can traverse the combination of the transmission beam of all the high frequency base stations 12 and the reception beam of the UE 13. In this way, the UE 13 can obtain the downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through a synchronization detection window, and simultaneously acquire the transmission beam of the corresponding high frequency base station 12 and the reception wave of the UE 13. The ID number of the bundle, the cell ID number, the sub-interval ID number included in the DLBP, and the like.
然而,对于图1所示的高低频混合组网的系统,UE 13接收到的高低频信号很难做到严格同步。例如,如果低频基站11与高频基站12不共址,低频基站11和高频基站12不能保证能够获得严格的时间同步。再例如,UE 13到低频基站11的距离与到高频基站12的距离不相同,分别从低频基站11和高频基站12发出的信号经历了不同的传播路径,造成信号传输时延上的差异。可见,UE 13接收到的低频基站11的低频信号和高频基站12的高频信号很难严格同步,两者之间一般会存在一个高低频时延,而这种高低频时延是随着UE 13的位置变化而变化的。However, for the system of the high and low frequency hybrid networking shown in FIG. 1, the high and low frequency signals received by the UE 13 are difficult to be strictly synchronized. For example, if the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 are not co-located, the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 cannot guarantee that strict time synchronization can be obtained. For another example, the distance from the UE 13 to the low frequency base station 11 is different from the distance to the high frequency base station 12, and the signals respectively transmitted from the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 experience different propagation paths, resulting in a difference in signal transmission delay. . It can be seen that the low frequency signal of the low frequency base station 11 received by the UE 13 and the high frequency signal of the high frequency base station 12 are difficult to be strictly synchronized, and there is generally a high and low frequency delay between the two, and the high and low frequency delay is followed. The position of the UE 13 changes.
如图1所示,UE 13距离高频基站12较近,距离低频基站11较远。那么,低频基站11与高频基站12在同一时刻发出的信号,UE 13接收的高频信号会先到达,接收的低频信号则后到达,如图13所示,低频信号与高频信号之间存在高低频时延。其中,关于低频无线帧与高频的同步无线帧的描述同图12中的相应内容,这里不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 1, the UE 13 is closer to the high frequency base station 12 and is farther from the low frequency base station 11. Then, the low frequency base station 11 and the high frequency base station 12 send signals at the same time, the high frequency signal received by the UE 13 arrives first, and the received low frequency signal arrives later, as shown in FIG. 13, between the low frequency signal and the high frequency signal. There are high and low frequency delays. The description of the low-frequency radio frame and the high-frequency synchronous radio frame is the same as the corresponding content in FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again.
此时,UE 13可以根据低频基站发送的低频信号确定高频基站同步检测窗口的起始位置。其中,同步检测窗口的时间长度等于DLBP的时间长度。进一步地,UE 13从同步检测窗口的起始位置开始,使用Nu个不同的接收波束接收同步信号。其中,每个接收波束接收Nd个同步信号。即,该Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。At this time, the UE 13 can determine the starting position of the high frequency base station synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station. The length of the synchronization detection window is equal to the length of time of the DLBP. Further, the UE 13 receives the synchronization signal using Nu different receive beams starting from the start position of the synchronization detection window. Wherein each receiving beam receives Nd synchronization signals. That is, the Nu different receive beams respectively receive the Nu group sync signals, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
可理解,在进行高频同步之前,UE 13还接收低频基站发送的低频信号。It can be understood that the UE 13 also receives the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station before the high frequency synchronization is performed.
应注意,在图13以及本发明后续的实施例中,同步检测窗口的起始位置位于特殊子帧内。但是本发明对此并不限定。例如,在其他的情形下,同步检测窗口的起始位置也可以位于一般子帧内。It should be noted that in Fig. 13 and subsequent embodiments of the present invention, the start position of the sync detection window is located within the special subframe. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, in other cases, the start position of the sync detection window may also be within a normal subframe.
UE 13如果采用低频信号作为同步参考点,在特殊子帧(序号为1和6的子帧)的同步检测窗口上可以检测高频同步信号。由于存在高低频时延,会导致UE 13实际进行同步检测的同步检测窗口(图13中的同步检测窗口),与应该进行同步检测的同步检测窗口(图12中的同步检测窗口,与DLBP对应)发生了偏移,这将使得UE 13在同步检测窗口不能遍历所有的高频基站12的发送波束和UE 13的接收波束的组合。从而发生高频基站12的发送波束和UE 13的接收波束的组合的检测缺失问题。而由于特殊子帧发送的同 步信号均为周期性的,因此存在高频基站12的发送波束和UE 13的接收波束的组合永远无法被检测到(即任一特殊子帧均存在该检测缺失问题),这将会导致某些用户的同步失败。If the UE 13 uses the low frequency signal as the synchronization reference point, the high frequency synchronization signal can be detected on the synchronization detection window of the special subframe (subframes of sequence numbers 1 and 6). Due to the presence of high and low frequency delays, the synchronization detection window (the synchronization detection window in FIG. 13) in which the UE 13 actually performs the synchronization detection, and the synchronization detection window (the synchronization detection window in FIG. 12, corresponding to the DLBP) corresponding to the synchronous detection should be performed. An offset occurs, which will cause the UE 13 to traverse the combination of the transmit beam of all the high frequency base stations 12 and the receive beams of the UE 13 in the sync detection window. Thus, the detection missing problem of the combination of the transmission beam of the high frequency base station 12 and the reception beam of the UE 13 occurs. And because the special subframe is sent the same The step signals are all periodic, so the combination of the transmit beam of the high frequency base station 12 and the receive beam of the UE 13 can never be detected (ie, the detection missing problem exists in any special subframe), which will result in some The synchronization of some users failed.
由于高低频时延的随机性,UE 13的同步起始时间点不能保证与同步符号(DLBP)的起始时间点对齐,这将会导致某个同步符号的采样点不能够被完全接收,则该符号上的同步信号就不能被正确检测到。如图14所示,UE 13的同步起始时间点如果落在S0检测盲区内,则在时间片S0上通过高频基站12发送波束#0发送的同步信号均不能被正确检测到。Due to the randomness of the high and low frequency delays, the synchronization start time point of the UE 13 cannot be guaranteed to be aligned with the start time point of the synchronization symbol (DLBP), which will result in the sampling point of a synchronization symbol not being completely received. The sync signal on this symbol cannot be detected correctly. 14, the synchronization start time point falls within the UE 13 if the blind spot detection S 0, then the sheet S at time 0 by synchronizing the base station transmits a high frequency signal # 0 transmitted beam 12 not be correctly detected.
对此,本发明实施例中,高频基站12发送的同步信号所使用的发送波束的形式可以为:在第一特殊子帧上,高频基站12使用第一顺序的发送波束发送同步信号;在第二特殊子帧上,高频基站12使用第二顺序的发送波束发送同步信号。其中,第二顺序可以是由第一顺序进行循环移位生成的。并且,该循环移位的时间片的长度大于系统的高低频时延。In this embodiment, in the embodiment of the present invention, the transmission beam used by the synchronization signal sent by the high-frequency base station 12 may be in the form of: in the first special subframe, the high-frequency base station 12 transmits the synchronization signal by using the first-order transmission beam; On the second special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 transmits the synchronization signal using the second order transmission beam. Wherein, the second order may be generated by cyclic shifting in the first order. Moreover, the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
本发明实施例中,高频基站12发送同步信号所使用的帧结构中,包括多个同步无线帧。In the embodiment of the present invention, the frame structure used by the high-frequency base station 12 to transmit the synchronization signal includes a plurality of synchronous radio frames.
如果每个同步无线帧中的特殊子帧的个数为1,即一个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧。那么,前述的第一特殊子帧可以为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,第二特殊子帧可以为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧。其中,第二同步无线帧为与第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。也就是说,对于两个连续的同步无线帧,各自的特殊子帧所使用的发送波束顺序不同,具体的,第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧使用第一顺序发送波束,第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧使用第二顺序发送波束。If the number of special subframes in each synchronization radio frame is 1, that is, one synchronization radio frame includes one special subframe. Then, the foregoing first special subframe may be a special subframe in the first synchronous radio frame, and the second special subframe may be a special subframe in the second synchronous radio frame. The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame. That is to say, for two consecutive synchronous radio frames, the transmission beam order used by the respective special subframes is different. Specifically, the special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame use the first sequential transmission beam, and the second synchronization wireless The special subframe in the frame transmits the beam using the second order.
应注意,这里所说的第二同步无线帧是指位于第一同步无线帧之后的第一个同步无线帧。举例来说,第一同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧301,第二同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧302。It should be noted that the second synchronous radio frame referred to herein refers to the first synchronous radio frame located after the first synchronous radio frame. For example, the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3, and the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
如果每个同步无线帧中的特殊子帧的个数为偶数,即一个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧。那么,前述的第一特殊子帧可以为一个同步无线帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,第二特殊子帧可以为一个同步无线帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧。If the number of special subframes in each synchronization radio frame is even, that is, one synchronization radio frame includes 2N special subframes. Then, the foregoing first special subframe may be the 2ith special subframe in one synchronous radio frame, and the second special subframe may be the 2i+1th special subframe in one synchronous radio frame.
如果每个同步无线帧中的特殊子帧的个数为奇数,即一个同步无线帧包括2N+1个特殊子帧。那么,前述的第一特殊子帧可以为第一同步无线帧中 的第2i个特殊子帧或为第二同步无线帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧,第二特殊子帧可以为第一同步无线帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧或为第二同步无线帧中的第2i个特殊子帧。If the number of special subframes in each synchronous radio frame is an odd number, that is, one synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes. Then, the foregoing first special subframe may be in the first synchronous radio frame. The 2ith special subframe or the 2i+1th special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe may be the 2i+1th special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame or The 2ith special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame.
其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
换种理解,可将高频基站12使用的所有的无线帧作为一个整体进行考虑。对于所有无线帧中的特殊子帧进行顺序地连续编号,其中,该顺序编号可以从0开始,或者从1开始,或者从任一数值开始,这里不作限定。进一步地,可以将编号为奇数的特殊子帧定义为第一特殊子帧,将编号为偶数的特殊子帧定义为第二特殊子帧。或者,也可以将编号为偶数的特殊子帧定义为第一特殊子帧,将编号为奇数的特殊子帧定义为第二特殊子帧。In other words, all radio frames used by the high frequency base station 12 can be considered as a whole. The special subframes in all the radio frames are consecutively numbered consecutively, wherein the sequence number can start from 0, or start from 1, or start from any value, which is not limited herein. Further, a special subframe numbered oddly may be defined as a first special subframe, and a special subframe numbered as an even number is defined as a second special subframe. Alternatively, a special subframe numbered with an even number may be defined as a first special subframe, and a special subframe numbered as an odd number may be defined as a second special subframe.
由于一个同步无线帧包括的特殊子帧的数量至少为1,那么对于全部无线帧(至少两个同步无线帧)中的特殊子帧的数量为至少两个。并且,可以为至少两个特殊子帧进行顺序编号。例如,至少两个特殊子帧的编号可以为特殊子帧#0、特殊子帧#1、特殊子帧#2…等。再例如,至少两个特殊子帧的编号可以为特殊子帧#1、特殊子帧#2、特殊子帧#3…等。Since the number of special subframes included in one synchronous radio frame is at least 1, the number of special subframes in all radio frames (at least two simultaneous radio frames) is at least two. And, at least two special subframes may be sequentially numbered. For example, the number of at least two special subframes may be special subframe #0, special subframe #1, special subframe #2, and the like. For another example, the numbers of the at least two special subframes may be special subframe #1, special subframe #2, special subframe #3, and the like.
本发明下述实施例以一个同步无线帧包括两个特殊子帧为例进行说明。假设一个同步无线帧包括两个特殊子帧。举例来说,假设同步无线帧的10个子帧为子帧#0、子帧#1、…,子帧#8和子帧#9。其中,子帧#1和子帧#6为特殊子帧。那么,可以将该两个特殊子帧进行编号为特殊子帧#0和特殊子帧#1,或者进行编号为特殊子帧#1和特殊子帧#2。The following embodiments of the present invention are described by taking one synchronous radio frame as two special subframes as an example. Suppose a synchronous radio frame includes two special subframes. For example, assume that 10 subframes of the synchronous radio frame are subframe #0, subframe #1, ..., subframe #8, and subframe #9. Among them, the subframe #1 and the subframe #6 are special subframes. Then, the two special subframes may be numbered as special subframe #0 and special subframe #1, or numbered as special subframe #1 and special subframe #2.
可选地,作为一个实施例,可以将子帧#1定义为第一特殊子帧,将子帧#6定义为第二特殊子帧。这样,可在第一特殊子帧上,使用第一顺序发送波束;在第二特殊子帧上,使用第二顺序发送波束。Optionally, as an embodiment, subframe #1 may be defined as a first special subframe, and subframe #6 may be defined as a second special subframe. Thus, the first order transmission beam can be used on the first special subframe, and the second sequential transmission beam can be used on the second special subframe.
或者,在所述两个特殊子帧中序号为奇数的特殊子帧中,所述Nd个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的。在所述两个特殊子帧中序号为偶数的特殊子帧中,所述Nd个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第二顺序的发送波束进行发送的。这里,第二顺序可以是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。换句话说,在第一特殊子帧的DLBP的子区间内,高频基站12以第一特定的顺序依次切换发送波束发送同步信号,在第二特殊子帧的DLBP的子区间内,高频基站12以第二特定的顺序依次切换发送波束发送同步信号。所述第二特定的顺序是第一特定的顺序的循环移 位。Alternatively, in the special subframe in which the number is odd in the two special subframes, the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd first order transmission beams. In the special subframes with even numbers in the two special subframes, the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd second order transmission beams. Here, the second order may be generated by cyclic shifting of the first order. In other words, in the subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 sequentially switches the transmit beam transmission synchronization signal in the first specific order, in the subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, the high frequency The base station 12 sequentially switches the transmit beam transmission synchronization signals in a second specific order. The second specific order is a cyclic shift of the first specific order Bit.
举例来说,子帧#1为特殊子帧#0,子帧6为特殊子帧#1。也就是说,子帧#1为序号是偶数的特殊子帧,子帧#6为序号是奇数的特殊子帧。那么,子帧#6可以使用第一顺序的发送波束,子帧#1可以使用第二顺序的发送波束,如图15所示,图中的时间片Si表示所使用发送波束#i发送同步信号。其中,第一顺序为#0至#Nd-1,第二顺序为#K至#Nd-1、#0至#K-1。即,第二顺序是第一顺序经过K位循环移位后生成的。For example, subframe #1 is special subframe #0, and subframe 6 is special subframe #1. That is to say, the subframe #1 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an even number, and the subframe #6 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an odd number. Then, subframe #6 can use the first sequence of transmit beams, and subframe #1 can use the second sequence of transmit beams, as shown in FIG. 15, the time slice S i in the figure indicates the use of the transmit beam #i transmission synchronization. signal. The first order is #0 to #Nd-1, and the second order is #K to #Nd-1, #0 to #K-1. That is, the second order is generated after the first order is cyclically shifted by K bits.
举例来说,子帧#1为特殊子帧#1,子帧6为特殊子帧#2。也就是说,子帧#1为序号是奇数的特殊子帧,子帧#6为序号是偶数的特殊子帧。那么,子帧#1可以使用第一顺序的发送波束,子帧#6可以使用第二顺序的发送波束,如图16所示,图中的时间片Si表示所使用发送波束#i发送同步信号。其中,第一顺序为#0至#Nd-1,第二顺序为#K至#Nd-1、#0至#K-1。即,第二顺序是第一顺序经过K位循环移位后生成的。For example, subframe #1 is special subframe #1, and subframe 6 is special subframe #2. That is to say, the subframe #1 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an odd number, and the subframe #6 is a special subframe whose sequence number is an even number. Then, subframe #1 can use the first order of the transmit beam, and subframe #6 can use the second order of the transmit beam, as shown in FIG. 16, the time slice S i in the figure indicates the use of the transmit beam #i transmission synchronization. signal. The first order is #0 to #Nd-1, and the second order is #K to #Nd-1, #0 to #K-1. That is, the second order is generated after the first order is cyclically shifted by K bits.
具体的,该实施例中,高频基站12在第一特殊子帧(图15中的子帧#6或图16中的子帧#1)中,按照正常的发送波束逻辑顺序切换发送波束,即在各个DLBP的子区间#0~#Nu-1内依次按照发送波束的逻辑序号#0至#Nd-1切换发送波束发送同步信号。高频基站12在第二特殊子帧(图15中的子帧#1或图16中的子帧#6)中,在各个DLBP的子区间内按照循环移位后的发送波束逻辑顺序切换发送波束,即在各个DLBP子区间#0~#Nu-1内依次按照发送波束的逻辑序号#K至#Nd-1至#0至#K-1切换发送波束发送同步信号。Specifically, in this embodiment, the high frequency base station 12 switches the transmission beam according to the normal transmission beam logic order in the first special subframe (subframe #6 in FIG. 15 or subframe #1 in FIG. 16). That is, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is sequentially switched in the sub-sections #0 to #Nu-1 of the respective DLBPs in accordance with the logical numbers #0 to #Nd-1 of the transmission beam. In the second special subframe (subframe #1 in FIG. 15 or subframe #6 in FIG. 16), the high frequency base station 12 switches and transmits in the logical sequence of the cyclically shifted transmission beam in the subinterval of each DLBP. The beam, that is, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is sequentially switched in the respective DLBP subintervals #0 to #Nu-1 in accordance with the logical sequence numbers #K to #Nd-1 to #0 to #K-1 of the transmission beam.
作为另一理解,所述两个特殊子帧中序号为奇数的特殊子帧的DLBP中,所述Nd个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的。所述两个特殊子帧中序号为偶数的特殊子帧的DLBP中,所述Nd个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第二顺序的发送波束进行发送的。换句话说,在第一特殊子帧的DLBP内,高频基站12以第一特定的顺序依次切换发送波束发送同步信号,在第二特殊子帧的DLBP内,高频基站12以第二特定的顺序依次切换发送波束发送同步信号。所述第二特定的顺序是第一特定的顺序的循环移位。As another understanding, in the DLBP of the special subframes with odd numbers in the two special subframes, the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd first sequential transmission beams. In the DLBP of the special subframe with the even number in the two special subframes, the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using Nd second order transmission beams. In other words, in the DLBP of the first special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 sequentially switches the transmit beam transmission synchronization signal in the first specific order, and in the DLBP of the second special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 is in the second specific The sequence sequentially switches the transmit beam to transmit the synchronization signal. The second particular order is a cyclic shift of the first particular order.
在此种解释中,DLBP作为一个整体,进行循环移位。针对图16所示的情形的另一解释如图17所示,子帧#1可以使用第一顺序的发送波束,子 帧#6可以使用第二顺序的发送波束。其中,第一顺序为#0至#Nd-1、#0至#Nd-1、…、#0至#Nd-1,第二顺序为#K至#Nd-1、#0至#Nd-1、…、#0至#Nd-1、#0至#K-1。即,第二顺序是第一顺序经过K位循环移位后生成的。这里,第一顺序为Nu个#0至#Nd-1,即第一顺序包括Nu×Nd个发送波束。In this interpretation, the DLBP as a whole is cyclically shifted. Another explanation for the situation shown in FIG. 16 is shown in FIG. 17, subframe #1 may use the first order of the transmit beam, the sub-frame Frame #6 can use the second order of transmit beams. The first order is #0 to #Nd-1, #0 to #Nd-1, ..., #0 to #Nd-1, and the second order is #K to #Nd-1, #0 to #Nd- 1, ..., #0 to #Nd-1, #0 to #K-1. That is, the second order is generated after the first order is cyclically shifted by K bits. Here, the first order is Nu#0 to #Nd-1, that is, the first order includes Nu×Nd transmit beams.
也就是说,高频基站12在第一特殊子帧(如图17所示的子帧#1)中,按照正常的发送波束逻辑顺序切换基站的发送波束,即在DLBP的子区间#0至#Nu-1内依次按照发送波束的逻辑序号#0至#Nd-1切换发送波束发送同步信号。高频基站12在第二特殊子帧(如图17所示的子帧#6)中,在DLBP内按照循环移位后的发送波束逻辑顺序切换基站的发送波束,即DLBP0的前K个发送波束(#0至#K-1),移位到DLBPNu-1后发送。高频基站12在第二特殊子帧,先依次切换DLBP0子区间内的逻辑序号为#K~#Nd-1的发送波束发送同步信号,然后在DLBP1~DLBPNu-1子区间内依次按照发送波束的逻辑序号#0~#Nd-1切换发送波束发送同步信号,最后,再依次切换DLBP0子区间内的逻辑序号为#0~#K-1的发送波束发送同步信号。That is, the high frequency base station 12 switches the transmission beam of the base station in the first special subframe (subframe #1 shown in FIG. 17) in the logical sequence of the normal transmission beam, that is, in the subinterval #0 of the DLBP. In #Nu-1, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is switched in accordance with the logical sequence numbers #0 to #Nd-1 of the transmission beam. In the second special subframe (such as subframe #6 shown in FIG. 17), the high-frequency base station 12 switches the transmission beam of the base station in the DLBP according to the logical sequence of the cyclically shifted transmission beam, that is, the first K of the DLBP 0 . The transmit beam (#0 to #K-1) is transmitted after being shifted to DLBP Nu-1 . In the second special subframe, the high frequency base station 12 firstly switches the transmission beam of the logical sequence number #K to #Nd-1 in the DLBP 0 subinterval to transmit the synchronization signal, and then sequentially in the DLBP 1 to DLBP Nu-1 subintervals. The transmission beam transmission synchronization signal is switched according to the logical sequence numbers #0 to #Nd-1 of the transmission beam, and finally, the transmission beam transmission synchronization signals of the logical numbers #0 to #K-1 in the DLBP 0 sub-interval are sequentially switched.
应理解,本发明实施例中,尽管通过以上述两种不同的解释说明高频基站12发送同步信号所使用的发送波束,然而图16和图17实际的发送波束是相同的。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present invention, although the transmission beam used by the high frequency base station 12 to transmit the synchronization signal is explained by the above two different explanations, the actual transmission beams of Figs. 16 and 17 are the same.
应注意,图15至图17中的循环移位的时间片的长度(S0至SK对应的时间片的长度)应大于系统的高低频时延(即图13中所示的高低频时延的长度)。It should be noted that the length of the cyclically shifted time slice in FIGS. 15 to 17 (the length of the time slice corresponding to S 0 to S K ) should be greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system (ie, the high and low frequency times shown in FIG. 13). Length of extension).
具体的,高频基站12在发送同步信号之前,可以先确定K值。例如,高频基站12中可以预先设定一个或多个K的值,高频基站12在发送同步信号之前,可以先根据覆盖范围等指标确定K值,然后再使用所确定的K值确定第一顺序和第二顺序,并发送同步信号。Specifically, the high frequency base station 12 may determine the K value before transmitting the synchronization signal. For example, the high-frequency base station 12 may preset one or more values of K. Before transmitting the synchronization signal, the high-frequency base station 12 may first determine the K value according to the coverage and other indicators, and then determine the first value using the determined K value. A sequence and a second sequence, and a synchronization signal is transmitted.
应注意,在图15至图17所示的实施例中,Si表示使用发送波束#i发送同步信号。It should be noted, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 17, S i represents transmission using transmission beam #i synchronization signal.
作为另一种理解,如果假设高频基站12所使用的发送波束#0,#1,…,#Nd的ID分别为0,1,…,Nd。那么,上述发送同步信号所使用的发送波束的方式可以理解为:As another understanding, it is assumed that the IDs of the transmission beams #0, #1, ..., #Nd used by the high-frequency base station 12 are 0, 1, ..., Nd, respectively. Then, the manner of transmitting the transmission beam used by the synchronization signal can be understood as follows:
在第一特殊子帧的DLBP的时间片Si上,所使用的发送波束的ID为:bi=i mod Nd i=0,1,2...,Nd×Nu-1。 On the time slice Si of the DLBP of the first special subframe, the ID of the transmitted beam used is: b i = i mod N d i = 0, 1, 2, ..., N d × N u -1.
在第二特殊子帧的DLBP的时间片Si上,所使用的发送波束的ID为:bi=(i+K)mod Nd i=0,1,2...,Nd×Nu-1。On the time slice Si of the DLBP of the second special subframe, the ID of the transmitted beam used is: b i = (i + K) mod N d i = 0, 1, 2, ..., N d × N u -1.
其中,一个特殊子帧中包括的时间片的数量为Nd×NuThe number of time slices included in one special subframe is N d ×N u .
假设UE 13接收的低频同步信号滞后于高频同步信号,以Nd=12,Nu=12为例,图18和图19分别给出了第一特殊子帧和第二特殊子帧UE 13同步信号接收情况。Assuming that the low frequency synchronization signal received by the UE 13 lags behind the high frequency synchronization signal, taking Nd=12 and Nu=12 as an example, FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 respectively show the first special subframe and the second special subframe UE 13 synchronization signal. Receiving situation.
在第一特殊子帧中,如图18所示,由于高低频时延Δt的引入,使得UE 13从第二个时间片(图18中的第一个S1)开始用接收波束#0进行同步信号的检测。由于UE 13开始同步信号检测的起始时刻位于时间片S1中间,因此时间片S1上通过高频基站12发送波束#1发送的同步信号不能够被UE13完整接收。由于UE 13接收波束的切换周期等于高频基站12完成Nd=12个时间片上同步信号发送的周期,这就导致,UE 13在所有的接收波束上均不能正确接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#1发送的同步信号。除此之外,由于高低频时延Δt大于一个时间片的长度,会导致UE 13最后一个接收波束漏接收一个时间片上发送的同步信号。如图18所示,UE 13在其接收波束#11的接收周期内,不能接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#0发送的同步信号。In the first special subframe, as shown in FIG. 18, due to the introduction of the high and low frequency delay Δt, the UE 13 synchronizes with the receive beam #0 from the second time slice (the first S1 in FIG. 18). Signal detection. Since the start time of the start of the synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S1, the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 transmitting the beam #1 on the time slice S1 cannot be completely received by the UE 13. Since the switching period of the receiving beam of the UE 13 is equal to the period in which the high-frequency base station 12 completes the transmission of the Nd=12 time-on-chip synchronization signals, the UE 13 cannot correctly receive the high-frequency base station 12 through the transmitting beam on all the receiving beams. #1 Synchronization signal sent. In addition, since the high and low frequency delay Δt is greater than the length of one time slice, the last reception beam of the UE 13 is leaked to receive a synchronization signal transmitted on a time slice. As shown in FIG. 18, the UE 13 cannot receive the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 through the transmission beam #0 during the reception period of its reception beam #11.
在第二特殊子帧中,如图19所示,对第一特殊子帧中的发送波束顺序做循环移位,需循环移位的K个波束所占的时间片总长度大于高低频时延Δt,如图19所示的,K=2,从发送波束#2开始发送同步信号。与第一特殊子帧中类似的,由于高低频时延Δt的引入,使得UE 13从第二个时间片(图19中的第一个S3)开始用接收波束#0进行同步信号的检测。由于UE 13开始同步信号检测的起始时刻位于时间片S3中间,因此时间片S3上通过高频基站12发送波束#3发送的同步信号不能够被UE 13完整接收。由于UE 13接收波束的切换周期等于高频基站12完成Nd=12个时间片上同步信号发送的周期,这就导致,UE 13在所有的接收波束上均不能正确接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#3发送的同步信号。除此之外,由于高低频时延Δt大于一个时间片的长度,会导致UE 13最后一个接收波束漏接收一个时间片上发送的同步信号。如图19所示,UE 13在其接收波束#11的接收周期内,不能接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#2发送的同步信号。在第二特殊子帧中,UE13能够接收在第一特殊子帧中不能够成功接收的同步信号。如图19所示, 高频基站12通过发送波束#1在时间片S1发送的同步信号,以及高频基站12通过发送波束#0发送,UE 13通过波束#11接收的同步信号。In the second special subframe, as shown in FIG. 19, the transmission beam sequence in the first special subframe is cyclically shifted, and the total length of the time slice occupied by the K beams to be cyclically shifted is greater than the high and low frequency delay. Δt, as shown in FIG. 19, K=2, starts transmitting the synchronization signal from the transmission beam #2. Similar to the first special subframe, due to the introduction of the high and low frequency delay Δt, the UE 13 starts the detection of the synchronization signal with the reception beam #0 from the second time slice (the first S3 in Fig. 19). Since the start time of the start of the synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S3, the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 transmitting the beam #3 on the time slice S3 cannot be completely received by the UE 13. Since the switching period of the receiving beam of the UE 13 is equal to the period in which the high-frequency base station 12 completes the transmission of the Nd=12 time-on-chip synchronization signals, the UE 13 cannot correctly receive the high-frequency base station 12 through the transmitting beam on all the receiving beams. #3 The sync signal sent. In addition, since the high and low frequency delay Δt is greater than the length of one time slice, the last reception beam of the UE 13 is leaked to receive a synchronization signal transmitted on a time slice. As shown in FIG. 19, the UE 13 cannot receive the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 through the transmission beam #2 during the reception period of its reception beam #11. In the second special subframe, the UE 13 is capable of receiving a synchronization signal that cannot be successfully received in the first special subframe. As shown in Figure 19, The high frequency base station 12 transmits the synchronization signal transmitted by the beam #1 on the time slice S1, and the high frequency base station 12 transmits through the transmission beam #0, and the UE 13 passes the synchronization signal received by the beam #11.
UE 13通过第一特殊子帧和第二特殊子帧的同步信号搜索,能够遍历所有的高频基站12发送波束和UE 13接收波束的组合,获得高频系统的同步。The UE 13 searches through the synchronization signals of the first special subframe and the second special subframe, and can traverse all the combinations of the high frequency base station 12 transmit beam and the UE 13 receive beam to obtain synchronization of the high frequency system.
或者,本发明实施例中,高频基站12发送的同步信号的所使用的发送波束的形式也可以如下所述:Alternatively, in the embodiment of the present invention, the form of the used transmit beam used by the high frequency base station 12 may also be as follows:
同步无线帧中的每个特殊子帧还包括位于DLBP之后的循环后缀(Cyclic Suffix,CS),CS用于传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。也就是说,CS包括K个时间片。Each special subframe in the synchronous radio frame further includes a Cyclic Suffix (CS) located after the DLBP, and CS is used to transmit K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. That is, the CS includes K time slices.
此时,高频基站12在每个DLBP的子区间,使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束发送Nd个同步信号。在CS上,使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的前K个发送波束发送K个同步信号。At this time, the high frequency base station 12 transmits Nd synchronization signals using Nd first order transmission beams in the subinterval of each DLBP. On the CS, K synchronization signals are transmitted using the first K transmit beams in the Nd first-order transmit beams.
以一个同步无线帧包括两个特殊子帧为例,如图20所示,其中,子帧#1和子帧#6为特殊子帧。以子帧#1为例,包括DLBP以及位于DLBP之后的CS。DLBP的每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,该Nd个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的,图20中所示的第一顺序为#0,#1,…,#Nd-1。CS传输K个同步信号,该K个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的前K个发送波束进行发送的,图20中CS使用的发送波束为:#0,#1,…,#K-1。For example, a synchronous radio frame includes two special subframes, as shown in FIG. 20, where subframe #1 and subframe #6 are special subframes. Taking subframe #1 as an example, it includes a DLBP and a CS located after the DLBP. Each sub-interval of the DLBP transmits Nd synchronization signals, and the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high-frequency base station 12 using Nd first-order transmission beams, and the first sequence shown in FIG. 20 is #0, #1, ..., #Nd-1. The CS transmits K synchronization signals, and the K synchronization signals are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using the first K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. The transmission beam used by the CS in FIG. 20 is: #0, #1,...,#K-1.
作为另一种理解,该实施例也可以解释为:特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之前的循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP),该CP传输K个同步信号。也就是说,CP包括K个时间片。此时,高频基站12在每个DLBP的子区间,使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束发送Nd个同步信号。在CP上,使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的后K个发送波束发送K个同步信号。As another understanding, this embodiment may also be interpreted as: the special subframe further includes a Cyclic Prefix (CP) located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals. That is, the CP includes K time slices. At this time, the high frequency base station 12 transmits Nd synchronization signals using Nd first order transmission beams in the subinterval of each DLBP. On the CP, K synchronization signals are transmitted using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first-order transmission beams.
如图21所示,其中CP位于DLBP之前。DLBP的每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,该Nd个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的,图21中所示的第一顺序为#0,#1,…,#Nd-1。CP使用传输K个同步信号,该K个同步信号是高频基站12使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的后K个发送波束进行发送的,图21中CP使用的发送波束为:#Nd-K,#Nd-K+1,…,#Nd-1。As shown in Figure 21, where the CP is located before the DLBP. Each sub-interval of the DLBP transmits Nd synchronization signals, and the Nd synchronization signals are transmitted by the high-frequency base station 12 using Nd first-order transmission beams, and the first sequence shown in FIG. 21 is #0, #1, ..., #Nd-1. The CP uses to transmit K synchronization signals, which are transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. The transmission beam used by the CP in FIG. 21 is: #Nd -K, #Nd-K+1,...,#Nd-1.
可理解,如果第一顺序为#Nd-K,#Nd-K+1,…,#Nd-1,#0,#1,…, #Nd-K-1,那么,图21也可以理解为CS位于DLBP之后。因此,图20和图21使用的发送波束是一致的。It can be understood that if the first order is #Nd-K, #Nd-K+1,...,#Nd-1,#0,#1,..., #Nd-K-1, then, Figure 21 can also be understood as the CS is located after the DLBP. Therefore, the transmit beams used in Figures 20 and 21 are identical.
应注意,图20中的CS和图21中的CP的时间片的长度(K个时间片的长度)应大于系统的高低频时延(即图13中所示的高低频时延的长度)。It should be noted that the length of the time slice of the CS in FIG. 20 and the CP in FIG. 21 (the length of the K time slices) should be greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system (ie, the length of the high and low frequency delay shown in FIG. 13). .
具体的,高频基站12在发送同步信号之前,可以先确定K值。例如,高频基站12中可以预先设定一个或多个K的值,高频基站12在发送同步信号之前,可以先根据覆盖范围等指标确定K值,然后再使用所确定的K值确定CS或CP,并发送同步信号。Specifically, the high frequency base station 12 may determine the K value before transmitting the synchronization signal. For example, the high-frequency base station 12 may preset one or more values of K. Before transmitting the synchronization signal, the high-frequency base station 12 may first determine the K value according to the coverage and other indicators, and then determine the CS by using the determined K value. Or CP, and send a sync signal.
应注意,在图20至图21所示的实施例中,Si表示使用发送波束#i发送同步信号。It should be noted, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 to FIG. 20, S i represents transmission using transmission beam #i synchronization signal.
作为另一种理解,如果假设高频基站12所使用的发送波束#0,#1,…,#Nd的ID分别为0,1,…,Nd。那么,上述发送同步信号所使用的发送波束的方式可以理解为:As another understanding, it is assumed that the IDs of the transmission beams #0, #1, ..., #Nd used by the high-frequency base station 12 are 0, 1, ..., Nd, respectively. Then, the manner of transmitting the transmission beam used by the synchronization signal can be understood as follows:
在特殊子帧的时间片Si(包括DLBP以及CS或CP)上,所使用的发送波束的ID为:bi=i mod Nd i=0,1,2...,Nd×Nu+K-1。On the time slice Si of the special subframe (including DLBP and CS or CP), the ID of the transmitted beam used is: b i = i mod N d i = 0, 1, 2, ..., N d × N u +K-1.
其中,一个特殊子帧中包括的时间片的数量为Nd×Nu+K。The number of time slices included in one special subframe is N d ×N u +K.
此时,UE 13可以根据低频基站发送的低频信号确定第一同步检测窗口的第一起始位置。随后,UE 13从第一同步检测窗口的第一起始位置开始,使用Nu个不同的接收波束接收同步信号。其中,每个接收波束接收Nd个同步信号。即,该Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。UE 13可以进一步根据低频基站发送的低频信号和附加接收时延确定第二同步检测窗口的第二起始位置。随后,UE13从第二同步检测窗口的第二起始位置开始,使用Nu个不同的接收波束接收同步信号。其中,每个接收波束接收Nd个同步信号。即,该Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。At this time, the UE 13 may determine the first start position of the first synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station. Subsequently, the UE 13 receives the synchronization signal using Nu different receive beams starting from the first start position of the first sync detection window. Wherein each receiving beam receives Nd synchronization signals. That is, the Nu different receive beams respectively receive the Nu group sync signals, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals. The UE 13 may further determine a second start position of the second synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal transmitted by the low frequency base station and the additional reception delay. Subsequently, the UE 13 receives the synchronization signal using Nu different receive beams starting from the second start position of the second sync detection window. Wherein each receiving beam receives Nd synchronization signals. That is, the Nu different receive beams respectively receive the Nu group sync signals, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
其中,第一同步检测窗口的时间长度等于DLBP的时间长度,第二同步检测窗口的时间长度等于DLBP的时间长度。The length of time of the first synchronization detection window is equal to the length of time of the DLBP, and the length of time of the second synchronization detection window is equal to the length of time of the DLBP.
其中,第二特殊子帧可以为位于第一特殊子帧之后的第一个特殊子帧。举例来说,针对如图2所示的同步无线帧,第一特殊子帧可以为子帧#1,第二特殊子帧为子帧#6。 The second special subframe may be the first special subframe located after the first special subframe. For example, for the synchronous radio frame shown in FIG. 2, the first special subframe may be subframe #1, and the second special subframe is subframe #6.
其中,附加接收时延的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延,所述CS和CP所占用的时间片的长度大于或等于所述高低频时延与所述附加接收时延之和。The length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, and the length of the time slice occupied by the CS and the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay.
其中,附加接收时延可以是预设置在UE 13中的,或者,该附加接收时延可以是UE 13从低频基站11获取的,例如,可以通过接收低频基站11发送的低频信令获取该附加接收时延。The additional receiving delay may be preset in the UE 13, or the additional receiving delay may be obtained by the UE 13 from the low frequency base station 11. For example, the additional receiving may be obtained by receiving the low frequency signaling sent by the low frequency base station 11. Receive delay.
其中,附加接收时延可以是根据系统的高低频时延预配置在UE 13中。或者,低频基站11根据系统的高低频时延确定附加接收时延,并将附加接收时延发送至UE 13。The additional receiving delay may be pre-configured in the UE 13 according to the high and low frequency delay of the system. Alternatively, the low frequency base station 11 determines an additional reception delay based on the high and low frequency delay of the system, and transmits the additional reception delay to the UE 13.
举例来说,UE 13在接入高频系统之前,低频基站11可以通过发送低频信令(例如,该低频信令可以为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令)通知UE 13该附加接收时延(例如为Δta)。For example, before the UE 13 accesses the high frequency system, the low frequency base station 11 can notify the UE 13 of the addition by transmitting low frequency signaling (for example, the low frequency signaling can be for Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling). Receive delay (for example, Δt a ).
假设UE 13接收的低频同步信号滞后于高频同步信号,如图22所示,UE 13以低频同步得到的特殊子帧的起始时刻作为第一同步检测窗口的起始点,开始第一高频同步信号检测,第一同步检测窗口的长度为DLBP的长度。UE 13以低频同步得到的下一个相邻的特殊子帧的起始时刻延后一个附加接收时延为第二同步检测窗口的起始点,开始第二高频同步信号检测。It is assumed that the low frequency synchronization signal received by the UE 13 lags behind the high frequency synchronization signal. As shown in FIG. 22, the starting time of the special subframe obtained by the UE 13 at the low frequency synchronization is used as the starting point of the first synchronization detection window, and the first high frequency is started. Synchronization signal detection, the length of the first synchronization detection window is the length of the DLBP. The start time of the next adjacent special subframe obtained by the UE 13 at the low frequency synchronization is delayed by an additional reception delay as the starting point of the second synchronization detection window, and the second high frequency synchronization signal detection is started.
具体的,上述循环前缀或者循环后缀区间的长度,即K个波束所占的总时间片长度需大于高低频时延和附加接收时延的总和。Specifically, the length of the cyclic prefix or the cyclic suffix interval, that is, the total time slice length occupied by the K beams needs to be greater than the sum of the high and low frequency delays and the additional receiving delay.
假设UE 13接收的低频同步信号滞后于高频同步信号,以Nd=12,Nu=12为例,图23和图24分别给出了第一特殊子帧和第二特殊子帧UE 13同步信号接收情况。其中,K=4。其中,图23对应第一同步检测窗口,图24对应第二同步检测窗口。Assuming that the low frequency synchronization signal received by the UE 13 lags behind the high frequency synchronization signal, taking Nd=12, Nu=12 as an example, FIG. 23 and FIG. 24 respectively show the first special subframe and the second special subframe UE 13 synchronization signal. Receiving situation. Among them, K=4. 23 corresponds to the first synchronization detection window, and FIG. 24 corresponds to the second synchronization detection window.
在第一特殊子帧中,如图23所示,由于高低频时延Δt的引入,使得UE 13从第二个时间片(图23中的第一个S1)开始用接收波束#0进行同步信号的检测。由于UE 13开始同步信号检测的起始时刻位于时间片S1中间,因此时间片S1上通过高频基站12发送波束#1发送的同步信号不能够被UE13完整接收。由于UE 13接收波束的切换周期等于高频基站12完成Nd=12个时间片上同步信号发送的周期,这就导致,UE 13在所有的接收波束上均不能正确接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#1发送的同步信号。然而,由于存在CP,且CP所占用的时间片的长度大于高低频时延。如图23所示,UE 13在其接收波束#11的接收周期内,能够接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#0发送的同步信号。In the first special subframe, as shown in FIG. 23, due to the introduction of the high and low frequency delay Δt, the UE 13 synchronizes with the receive beam #0 from the second time slice (the first S1 in FIG. 23). Signal detection. Since the start time of the start of the synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S1, the synchronization signal transmitted by the high frequency base station 12 transmitting the beam #1 on the time slice S1 cannot be completely received by the UE 13. Since the switching period of the receiving beam of the UE 13 is equal to the period in which the high-frequency base station 12 completes the transmission of the Nd=12 time-on-chip synchronization signals, the UE 13 cannot correctly receive the high-frequency base station 12 through the transmitting beam on all the receiving beams. #1 Synchronization signal sent. However, due to the presence of the CP, the length of the time slice occupied by the CP is greater than the high and low frequency delay. As shown in Figure 23, the UE 13 During the reception period of its reception beam #11, the synchronization signal transmitted by the high-frequency base station 12 through the transmission beam #0 can be received.
在第二特殊子帧中,如图24所示,第二同步检测窗口额外地引入了附加接收时延Δta,该附加接收时延Δta需大于等于高低频时延Δt,即有Δta>Δt。与第一同步检测窗口类似的,由于高低频时延Δt和附加接收时延Δta的引入,UE 13开始第二同步信号检测的起始时刻位于时间片S3中间,因此时间片S3上通过高频基站12的发送波束#3发送的同步信号不能够被UE13完整接收。由于UE 13接收波束的切换周期等于高频基站12完成Nd=12个时间片上同步信号发送的周期,这就导致,UE 13在所有的接收波束上均不能正确接收到高频基站12通过发送波束#3发送的同步信号。第二同步检测窗口中,UE 13能够接收在第一特殊子帧中不能够成功接收的同步信号。如图24所示,基站通过发送波束#1在时间片S1发送的同步信号能够在第二同步检测窗口被成功检测到。In a second special subframe, as shown in FIG. 24, the second synchronous detection window additionally introduces additional time delay Δt a receiver, receiving the additional time delay Δt a high frequency must be greater than equal to the time delay [Delta] t, that is Δt a >Δt. Similar to the first synchronization detection window, due to the introduction of the high and low frequency delay Δt and the additional reception delay Δt a , the start timing of the second synchronization signal detection by the UE 13 is located in the middle of the time slice S3, so the time slice S3 passes high. The synchronization signal transmitted by the transmission beam #3 of the frequency base station 12 cannot be completely received by the UE 13. Since the switching period of the receiving beam of the UE 13 is equal to the period in which the high-frequency base station 12 completes the transmission of the Nd=12 time-on-chip synchronization signals, the UE 13 cannot correctly receive the high-frequency base station 12 through the transmitting beam on all the receiving beams. #3 The sync signal sent. In the second synchronization detection window, the UE 13 is capable of receiving a synchronization signal that cannot be successfully received in the first special subframe. As shown in FIG. 24, the synchronization signal transmitted by the base station on the time slice S1 by the transmission beam #1 can be successfully detected in the second synchronization detection window.
UE 13通过第一同步检测窗口和第二同步检测窗口的同步信号搜索,能够遍历所有的高频基站12发送波束和UE 13接收波束的组合,获得高频系统的同步。The UE 13 can traverse all the combination of the transmitting beam of the high frequency base station 12 and the receiving beam of the UE 13 through the synchronization signal search of the first synchronization detecting window and the second synchronization detecting window to obtain synchronization of the high frequency system.
应注意,本发明实施例中,在UE 13接入到高频系统之前,还可以包括:低频基站11向UE 13发送低频信令(例如,RRC信令)。该低频信令可以包括以下的至少一项:附加接收时延、高频系统的频点和DLBP所包括的子区间的个数(即Nd的值)。It should be noted that, before the UE 13 accesses the high frequency system, the low frequency base station 11 may send low frequency signaling (for example, RRC signaling) to the UE 13 before the UE 13 accesses the high frequency system. The low frequency signaling may include at least one of an additional reception delay, a frequency of the high frequency system, and a number of subintervals included in the DLBP (ie, a value of Nd).
具体的,UE 14若要成功获得帧同步,需要预先获知DLBP子区间的长度,即高频系统中DLBP子区间内时间片的个数,即高频基站12的发送波束个数Nd。该DLBP子区间内时间片的个数,即高频基站12的发送波束个数Nd可以通过标准预设为一个与频点相关的固定值,例如,对于72GHz、28GHz以及14GHz系统,典型的Nd可以分别设定为16、12和8。UE 13可以通过低频信令获取所要接入的高频系统的频点,即能获得该Nd值。或者,UE 13可以直接通过低频信令获得该Nd值,即在接入高频系统之前,低频基站11通过其低频信令(例如,RRC信令)通知UE 13所需接入的高频系统的频点和/或高频系统中DLBP子区间内时间片的个数,即高频基站12的发送波束个数Nd值。Specifically, if the UE 14 is to obtain the frame synchronization successfully, the length of the DLBP subinterval, that is, the number of time slices in the DLBP subinterval in the high frequency system, that is, the number of transmit beams Nd of the high frequency base station 12, needs to be known in advance. The number of time slices in the DLBP subinterval, that is, the number of transmission beams Nd of the high frequency base station 12 can be preset as a fixed value related to the frequency point by a standard, for example, a typical Nd for 72 GHz, 28 GHz, and 14 GHz systems. Can be set to 16, 12 and 8, respectively. The UE 13 can obtain the frequency of the high frequency system to be accessed by low frequency signaling, that is, the Nd value can be obtained. Alternatively, the UE 13 can obtain the Nd value directly by low frequency signaling, that is, the low frequency base station 11 informs the UE 13 of the required high frequency system through its low frequency signaling (eg, RRC signaling) before accessing the high frequency system. The frequency point and/or the number of time slices in the DLBP subinterval in the high frequency system, that is, the number of transmission beams Nd of the high frequency base station 12.
图25是本发明一个实施例的下行同步的方法的流程图。图25所示的方 法由用户设备执行,应用于高低频混合组网系统。该方法包括:Figure 25 is a flow diagram of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The square shown in Figure 25. The method is executed by the user equipment and is applied to the high and low frequency hybrid networking system. The method includes:
S110,所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,该同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数。S110, the user equipment receives synchronization information sent by a high-frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where The special subframe includes a DLBP including Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
S120,用户设备根据所述同步信息进行同步。S120. The user equipment synchronizes according to the synchronization information.
本发明实施例中,高频基站在特殊子帧中发送同步信息,UE通过接收特殊子帧中的同步信号,完成与高频基站的同步,这样有利于UE快速接入高频系统,节省接入时的功耗。In the embodiment of the present invention, the high-frequency base station transmits the synchronization information in the special subframe, and the UE completes the synchronization with the high-frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which facilitates the UE to quickly access the high-frequency system and saves the connection. Power consumption at the time of entry.
其中,Nu和Nd的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Nd=16,Nu=12;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Nd=12,Nu=8;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Nd=8,Nu=6。Among them, the values of Nu and Nd are related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Nd=16, Nu=12; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Nd=12, Nu=8; When the frequency used by the high-frequency base station is 14 GHz, Nd=8 and Nu=6.
可选地,作为一个实施例,在S110之前,还可以包括,UE接收系统中的低频基站发送的低频信令,该低频信令包括高频基站所使用的频点和/或Nd的值。其中,低频信令可以是RRC信令。Optionally, as an embodiment, before S110, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, low-frequency signaling sent by the low-frequency base station in the system, where the low-frequency signaling includes a value of a frequency point and/or a Nd used by the high-frequency base station. The low frequency signaling may be RRC signaling.
其中,DLBP的每个子区间可以包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个OFDM符号。所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。Each subinterval of the DLBP may include Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols. A first one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
具体地,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述高频基站的标识ID、所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。Specifically, the second OFDM symbol is used to transmit a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The specific sequence includes an identifier ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
应注意,关于主同步信号与辅同步信号可以参见前述图9和图10的具体描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, regarding the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal, reference may be made to the foregoing detailed description of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
其中,所述特殊子帧还可以包括RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP,如前述图4至图7所示。每个子区间还可包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP,如前述图8所示。The special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above. Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
另外,本发明实施例中,所述同步无线帧还包括一般子帧,所述一般子帧包括8个长度为0.125毫秒的时隙,所述时隙包括Ns个OFDM符号,其中,Ns为正整数。作为一例,可以如图2所示。 In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is positive. Integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
其中,Ns的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Ns=80;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Ns=40;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Ns=20。Among them, the value of Ns is related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Ns=80; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Ns=40; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is When the point is 14 GHz, Ns=20.
本发明实施例中,高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期可以为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。即,每M个无线帧中包括一个同步无线帧和M-1个一般无线帧。这里,M可以等于1。In the embodiment of the present invention, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames. Here, M can be equal to 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,DLBP的每个子区间传输的Nd个同步信号可以是高频基站使用Nd个不同的发送波束依次进行发送的。也就是说,高频基站以Nu为周期,每个周期内为Nd个不同的发送波束,发送同步信号。Optionally, as an embodiment, the Nd synchronization signals transmitted in each subinterval of the DLBP may be that the high frequency base station sequentially transmits using Nd different transmit beams. That is to say, the high frequency base station uses Nu as a period, and each period is Nd different transmission beams, and transmits a synchronization signal.
相应地,在S110中,UE可以使用Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收所述Nu个子区间上的同步信号。也就是说,UE使用Nu个不同的接收波束,每个接收波束接收Nd个高频基站的发送波束。Correspondingly, in S110, the UE may separately receive the synchronization signals on the Nu subintervals using Nu different receive beams. That is, the UE uses Nu different receive beams, each receive beam receives the transmit beams of the Nd high frequency base stations.
为了解决由于高低频时延导致的问题,作为一例,本发明实施例中,在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的,且所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。In order to solve the problem caused by the high and low frequency delays, as an example, in the first special subframe of the synchronization information, the high frequency base station sends the synchronization by using the first sequence of transmit beams. signal. The second high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information. The second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
具体的,该理解可以为:在第一特殊子帧的DLBP上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在第二特殊子帧的DLBP上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。或者,该理解也可以为:在第一特殊子帧的DLBP的每个子区间上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在第二特殊子帧的DLBP的每个子区间上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。Specifically, the understanding may be: transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, on the DLBP of the first special subframe, and transmitting, by using a second sequence of transmit beam, on the DLBP of the second special subframe. Said synchronization signal. Alternatively, the understanding may also be: transmitting the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams on each subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe; using each subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, The second sequence of transmit beams transmits the synchronization signal.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe. Then, the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame. The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧。其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N 的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes. The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame. Where N is a positive integer and i is less than or equal to N Positive integer.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N+1个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧或者为第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;所述第二特殊子帧为所述第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧或者为所述第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes. Then, the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame. a 2i+1 special subframe; the second special subframe is a 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame. The second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
举例来说,第一同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧301,第二同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧302。For example, the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3, and the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
相应地,对于该实施例,S110可包括:所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定同步检测窗口的起始位置;所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。Correspondingly, for this embodiment, S110 may include: the user equipment determines a starting position of a synchronization detection window according to a low frequency signal sent by a low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment uses a Nu different receiving beam from the The start position begins to receive a Nu group sync signal, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
具体的,关于该实施例可以参见前述图13至图19的相应描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。For details, refer to the corresponding descriptions of the foregoing FIG. 13 to FIG. 19 for the embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例中,UE通过低频辅助快速获得高频系统的下行同步。高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,两个相邻的特殊子帧上使用不同的发送波束的顺序(循环移位),这样,能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance. In the radio frame structure used by the high-frequency base station, the order of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that all the transmit beams of the UE and the transmit beam of the high-frequency base station can be guaranteed to be traversed. Combine to ensure the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
为了解决由于高低频时延导致的问题,作为另一例,本发明实施例中,所述特殊子帧还可包括位于所述DLBP之后的CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。其中,每个子区间的Nd个同步信号是高频基站使用Nd发送波束依次进行发送的。CS的K个同步信号是高频基站使用所述Nd发送波束中的前K个发送波束依次进行发送的。也就是说,CS按照DLBP的第一个子区间的前K个发送波束的顺序依次切换发送波束以发送同步信号。In order to solve the problem caused by the high and low frequency delays, as another example, in the embodiment of the present invention, the special subframe may further include a CS located after the DLBP, where the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is A positive integer less than Nd. The Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are sequentially transmitted by the high-frequency base station using the Nd transmission beam. The K synchronization signals of the CS are transmitted by the high frequency base station sequentially using the first K transmission beams in the Nd transmission beam. That is, the CS sequentially switches the transmission beams in the order of the first K transmission beams of the first subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
或者,也可以理解为,特殊子帧还可包括位于所述DLBP之前的CP,所述CP传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。其中,每个子区间的Nd个同步信号是高频基站使用Nd个发送波束依次进行发送的。CP的K个同步信号是高频基站使用所述Nd个发送波束中的后K个发送波束依 次进行发送的。也就是说,CP按照DLBP的最后一个子区间的后K个发送波束的顺序依次切换发送波束以发送同步信号。Alternatively, it can also be understood that the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. The Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are sequentially transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd transmission beams. The K synchronization signals of the CP are used by the high frequency base station to use the last K transmission beams in the Nd transmission beams. Transmitted. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
相应地,对于该实施例,S110可以包括:所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定第一同步检测窗口的第一起始位置;所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第一起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号;所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号和附加接收时延确定第二同步检测窗口的第二起始位置;所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第二起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。Correspondingly, for this embodiment, S110 may include: the user equipment determines a first start position of the first synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; the user equipment uses Nu different receptions The beams respectively receive the Nu group synchronization signals from the first starting position, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals; the user equipment determines according to the low frequency signals and the additional reception delays sent by the low frequency base stations in the system. a second start position of the second synchronization detection window; the user equipment respectively receives a Nu group synchronization signal from the second start position using Nu different receive beams, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals .
其中,所述第二特殊子帧为位于所述第一特殊子帧之后的第一个特殊子帧。The second special subframe is a first special subframe located after the first special subframe.
其中,所述附加接收时延预设置在所述用户设备中;或者,所述附加接收时延是所述用户设备从所述低频基站获取的。例如,所述附加接收时延是所述用户设备通过所述低频基站发送的RRC信令获取的。The additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment; or the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment from the low frequency base station. For example, the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment by using the RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station.
其中,所述附加接收时延的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延,所述CS或CP所占用的时间片的长度大于或等于所述高低频时延与所述附加接收时延之和。The length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, and the length of the time slice occupied by the CS or the CP is greater than or equal to the sum of the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving delay. .
本发明实施例中,UE通过低频辅助快速获得高频系统的下行同步。高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,特殊子帧上额外增加了循环后缀(或者循环前缀)以额外使用K个发送波束发送同步信号。并且,UE利用附加接收时延能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance. In the radio frame structure used by the HF base station, a cyclic suffix (or cyclic prefix) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal. Moreover, the UE can ensure that all combinations of the receiving beam of the UE and the transmitting beam of the high-frequency base station are traversed by using the additional receiving delay, thereby ensuring the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
图26是本发明另一个实施例的下行同步的方法。图26所示的方法由高频基站执行,应用于高低频混合组网系统。该方法包括:Figure 26 is a diagram of a method of downlink synchronization in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention. The method shown in Fig. 26 is performed by a high frequency base station and is applied to a high and low frequency hybrid networking system. The method includes:
S210,所述高频基站生成同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为正整数。S210: The high frequency base station generates synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special sub The frame includes a DLBP including Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers.
S220,所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至用户设备。S220. The high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to a user equipment.
本发明实施例中,高频基站在特殊子帧中发送同步信息,UE通过接收 特殊子帧中的同步信号,完成与高频基站的同步,这样有利于UE快速接入高频系统,节省接入时的功耗。In the embodiment of the present invention, the high frequency base station sends synchronization information in a special subframe, and the UE receives the synchronization information. The synchronization signal in the special subframe completes synchronization with the high-frequency base station, which facilitates the UE to quickly access the high-frequency system and saves power consumption during access.
其中,Nu和Nd的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Nd=16,Nu=12;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Nd=12,Nu=8;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Nd=8,Nu=6。Among them, the values of Nu and Nd are related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Nd=16, Nu=12; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Nd=12, Nu=8; When the frequency used by the high-frequency base station is 14 GHz, Nd=8 and Nu=6.
其中,DLBP的所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个OFDM符号。所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。Wherein each of the subintervals of the DLBP includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols. A first one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
具体的,所述第二OFDM符号可以用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述高频基站的ID、所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。Specifically, the second OFDM symbol can be used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The specific sequence includes an ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
应注意,关于主同步信号与辅同步信号可以参见前述图9和图10的具体描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, regarding the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal, reference may be made to the foregoing detailed description of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
其中,所述特殊子帧还可以包括RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP,如前述图4至图7所示。每个子区间还可包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP,如前述图8所示。The special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above. Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
另外,本发明实施例中,所述同步无线帧还包括一般子帧,所述一般子帧包括8个长度为0.125毫秒的时隙,所述时隙包括Ns个OFDM符号,其中,Ns为正整数。作为一例,可以如图2所示。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is positive. Integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
其中,Ns的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Ns=80;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Ns=40;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Ns=20。Among them, the value of Ns is related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Ns=80; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Ns=40; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is When the point is 14 GHz, Ns=20.
本发明实施例中,高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期可以为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。即,每M个无线帧中包括一个同步无线帧和M-1个一般无线帧。这里,M可以等于1。In the embodiment of the present invention, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames. Here, M can be equal to 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,S220可包括:所述高频基站使用Nd个不同的发送波束发送所述Nd个同步信号。Optionally, as an embodiment, S220 may include: the high frequency base station sends the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd different transmit beams.
为了解决由于高低频时延导致的问题,作为一例,本发明实施例中,S220可包括:在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序 的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的,且所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。In order to solve the problem caused by the high and low frequency delays, as an example, in the embodiment of the present invention, the S220 may include: in the first special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station uses the first sequence The transmit beam transmits the synchronization signal; on the second special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams. The second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
具体的,该理解可以为:在第一特殊子帧的DLBP上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在第二特殊子帧的DLBP上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。或者,该理解也可以为:在第一特殊子帧的DLBP的每个子区间上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在第二特殊子帧的DLBP的每个子区间上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。Specifically, the understanding may be: transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, on the DLBP of the first special subframe, and transmitting, by using a second sequence of transmit beam, on the DLBP of the second special subframe. Said synchronization signal. Alternatively, the understanding may also be: transmitting the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams on each subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe; using each subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, The second sequence of transmit beams transmits the synchronization signal.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe. Then, the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame. The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧。其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes. The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame. Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N+1个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧或者为第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;所述第二特殊子帧为所述第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧或者为所述第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes. Then, the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame. a 2i+1 special subframe; the second special subframe is a 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame. The second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
举例来说,第一同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧301,第二同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧302。For example, the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3, and the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
具体的,关于该实施例可以参见前述图13至图19的相应描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。For details, refer to the corresponding descriptions of the foregoing FIG. 13 to FIG. 19 for the embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例中,高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,两个相邻的特殊子帧上使用不同的发送波束的顺序(循环移位),这样,使得UE在进行下行同 步时,能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, in the radio frame structure used by the high-frequency base station, the sequence of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that the UE is performing downlink In the step, all combinations of the receiving beam of the UE and the transmitting beam of the high-frequency base station can be ensured, thereby ensuring the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
为了解决由于高低频时延导致的问题,作为另一例,本发明实施例中,所述特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之后的CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。S220可以包括:所述高频基站使用Nd个发送波束依次发送所述Nd个同步信号;所述高频基站使用所述Nd个发送波束中的前K个发送波束依次发送所述K个同步信号。In another embodiment, in the embodiment of the present invention, the special subframe further includes a CS that is located after the DLBP, and the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is smaller than A positive integer of Nd. S220. The S220 may include: the high frequency base station sequentially transmitting the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd transmit beams; and the high frequency base station sequentially transmitting the K synchronization signals by using the first K transmit beams of the Nd transmit beams. .
或者,可以理解为,所述高频基站使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束发送所述Nd个同步信号,使用所述Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的前K个发送波束发送所述K个同步信号。Or, it can be understood that the high frequency base station sends the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd first sequential transmission beams, and sends the K by using the first K transmission beams of the Nd first sequential transmission beams. Synchronization signals.
或者,也可以理解为,特殊子帧还可包括位于所述DLBP之前的CP,所述CP传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。其中,每个子区间的Nd个同步信号是高频基站使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的。CP的K个同步信号是高频基站使用所述Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的后K个发送波束进行发送的。也就是说,CP按照DLBP的最后一个子区间的后K个发送波束的顺序依次切换发送波束以发送同步信号。Alternatively, it can also be understood that the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. The Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd first-order transmission beams. The K synchronization signals of the CP are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
本发明实施例中,高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,特殊子帧上额外增加了CS(或者CP)以额外使用K个发送波束发送同步信号。这样,使得UE在进行下行同步时,利用附加接收时延能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, in the radio frame structure used by the high-frequency base station, a CS (or CP) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal. In this way, when the UE performs downlink synchronization, the additional reception delay can ensure that all combinations of the reception beam of the UE and the transmission beam of the high-frequency base station are ensured, thereby ensuring synchronization efficiency and quality.
图27是本发明一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图。图27所示的用户设备300处于高低频混合组网系统中,用户设备300包括接收单元310和处理单元320。Figure 27 is a block diagram showing the structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user equipment 300 shown in FIG. 27 is in a high and low frequency hybrid networking system, and the user equipment 300 includes a receiving unit 310 and a processing unit 320.
接收单元310,用于接收高频基站发送的同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数。The receiving unit 310 is configured to receive synchronization information that is sent by the high-frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where The special subframe includes a DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
处理单元320,用于根据所述同步信息进行同步。The processing unit 320 is configured to perform synchronization according to the synchronization information.
本发明实施例中,高频基站在特殊子帧中发送同步信息,UE通过接收特殊子帧中的同步信号,完成与高频基站的同步,这样有利于UE快速接入 高频系统,节省接入时的功耗。In the embodiment of the present invention, the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information in the special subframe, and the UE completes the synchronization with the high frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which is beneficial to the UE to quickly access. High-frequency system saves power consumption during access.
其中,Nu和Nd的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Nd=16,Nu=12;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Nd=12,Nu=8;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Nd=8,Nu=6。Among them, the values of Nu and Nd are related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Nd=16, Nu=12; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Nd=12, Nu=8; When the frequency used by the high-frequency base station is 14 GHz, Nd=8 and Nu=6.
可选地,作为一个实施例,接收单元310还用于接收系统中的低频基站发送的低频信令,该低频信令包括高频基站所使用的频点和/或Nd的值。其中,低频信令可以是RRC信令。Optionally, as an embodiment, the receiving unit 310 is further configured to receive low frequency signaling sent by the low frequency base station in the system, where the low frequency signaling includes a frequency point and/or a value of Nd used by the high frequency base station. The low frequency signaling may be RRC signaling.
其中,DLBP的每个子区间可以包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个OFDM符号。所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。Each subinterval of the DLBP may include Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols. A first one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
具体地,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述高频基站的标识ID、所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。Specifically, the second OFDM symbol is used to transmit a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The specific sequence includes an identifier ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
应注意,关于主同步信号与辅同步信号可以参见前述图9和图10的具体描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, regarding the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal, reference may be made to the foregoing detailed description of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
其中,所述特殊子帧还可以包括RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP,如前述图4至图7所示。每个子区间还可包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP,如前述图8所示。The special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above. Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
另外,本发明实施例中,所述同步无线帧还可包括一般子帧,所述一般子帧包括8个长度为0.125毫秒的时隙,所述时隙包括Ns个OFDM符号,其中,Ns为正整数。作为一例,可以如图2所示。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the synchronous radio frame may further include a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is A positive integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
其中,Ns的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Ns=80;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Ns=40;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Ns=20。Among them, the value of Ns is related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Ns=80; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Ns=40; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is When the point is 14 GHz, Ns=20.
本发明实施例中,高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期可以为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。即,每M个无线帧中包括一个同步无线帧和M-1个一般无线帧。这里,M可以等于1。In the embodiment of the present invention, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames. Here, M can be equal to 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述Nd个同步信号可以是所述高频基站使用Nd个不同的发送波束进行发送的。 Optionally, as an embodiment, the Nd synchronization signals may be sent by the high frequency base station by using Nd different transmit beams.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,接收单元310,具体用于:使用Nu个不同的接收波束分别接收所述Nu个子区间上的同步信号。也就是说,接收单元310使用一个接收波束接收一个子区间上的Nd个同步信号。Optionally, as another embodiment, the receiving unit 310 is configured to: separately receive synchronization signals on the Nu subintervals by using different receiving beams. That is, the receiving unit 310 receives Nd synchronization signals on one subinterval using one receive beam.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的,且所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。Optionally, as another embodiment, on the first special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station sends the synchronization signal by using a first sequence of transmit beams. The second high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information. The second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe. Then, the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame. The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧。其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes. The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame. Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N+1个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧或者为第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;所述第二特殊子帧为所述第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧或者为所述第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes. Then, the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame. a 2i+1 special subframe; the second special subframe is a 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame. The second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
举例来说,第一同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧301,第二同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧302。For example, the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3, and the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
相应地,接收单元310,具体用于:根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定同步检测窗口的起始位置;使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。Correspondingly, the receiving unit 310 is specifically configured to: determine a starting position of the synchronization detecting window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system; and receive the Nu group from the starting position respectively by using different receiving beams of Nu A synchronization signal, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
具体的,关于该实施例可以参见前述图13至图19的相应描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。 For details, refer to the corresponding descriptions of the foregoing FIG. 13 to FIG. 19 for the embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例中,UE通过低频辅助快速获得高频系统的下行同步。高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,两个相邻的特殊子帧上使用不同的发送波束的顺序(循环移位),这样,能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance. In the radio frame structure used by the high-frequency base station, the order of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that all the transmit beams of the UE and the transmit beam of the high-frequency base station can be guaranteed to be traversed. Combine to ensure the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,所述特殊子帧还可以包括位于所述DLBP之后的循环后缀CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。其中,每个子区间的Nd个同步信号是高频基站使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的。CS的K个同步信号是高频基站使用所述Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的前K个发送波束进行发送的。也就是说,CS按照DLBP的第一个子区间的前K个发送波束的顺序依次切换发送波束以发送同步信号。Optionally, as another embodiment, the special subframe may further include a cyclic suffix CS located after the DLBP, where the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. The Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd first-order transmission beams. The K synchronization signals of the CS are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the first K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CS sequentially switches the transmission beams in the order of the first K transmission beams of the first subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
或者,也可以理解为,所述特殊子帧还可以包括位于所述DLBP之前的CP,所述CP传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。其中,每个子区间的Nd个同步信号是高频基站使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的。CP的K个同步信号是高频基站使用所述Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的后K个发送波束进行发送的。也就是说,CP按照DLBP的最后一个子区间的后K个发送波束的顺序依次切换发送波束以发送同步信号。Alternatively, it can also be understood that the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. The Nd synchronization signals of each sub-interval are transmitted by the high-frequency base station using Nd first-order transmission beams. The K synchronization signals of the CP are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
相应地,接收单元310,具体用于:根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定第一同步检测窗口的第一起始位置;使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第一起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号;根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号和附加接收时延确定第二同步检测窗口的第二起始位置;使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述第二起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。Correspondingly, the receiving unit 310 is configured to: determine, according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system, a first start position of the first synchronization detection window; use the Nu different receive beams to start from the first start position Receiving a Nu group synchronization signal, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals; determining a second start position of the second synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station and the additional reception delay in the system; Nu different receive beams respectively receive a Nu group sync signal from the second start position, wherein each set of sync signals includes Nd sync signals.
其中,所述第二特殊子帧为位于所述第一特殊子帧之后的第一个特殊子帧。The second special subframe is a first special subframe located after the first special subframe.
其中,所述附加接收时延预设置在所述用户设备中;或者,所述附加接收时延是所述用户设备从所述低频基站获取的。例如,所述附加接收时延是所述用户设备通过所述低频基站发送的RRC信令获取的。The additional receiving delay is preset in the user equipment; or the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment from the low frequency base station. For example, the additional receiving delay is obtained by the user equipment by using the RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station.
其中,所述附加接收时延的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延,所述CS或CP所占用的时间片的长度大于或等于所述高低频时延与所述附加接收时 延之和。The length of the additional receiving delay is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system, and the length of the time slice occupied by the CS or the CP is greater than or equal to the high and low frequency delay and the additional receiving time. Delayed sum.
本发明实施例中,UE通过低频辅助快速获得高频系统的下行同步。高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,特殊子帧上额外增加了循环后缀(或者循环前缀)以额外使用K个发送波束发送同步信号。并且,UE利用附加接收时延能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE quickly obtains downlink synchronization of the high frequency system through low frequency assistance. In the radio frame structure used by the HF base station, a cyclic suffix (or cyclic prefix) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal. Moreover, the UE can ensure that all combinations of the receiving beam of the UE and the transmitting beam of the high-frequency base station are traversed by using the additional receiving delay, thereby ensuring the efficiency and quality of synchronization.
应注意,本发明实施例中,接收单元310可以由收发器实现,处理单元320可以由处理器实现。如图28所示,用户设备400可以包括处理器410、收发器420和存储器430。其中,存储器430可以用于存储接收波束等,还可以用于存储处理器410执行的代码等。其中,收发器420可以由接收器实现。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 310 may be implemented by a transceiver, and the processing unit 320 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 28, user equipment 400 can include a processor 410, a transceiver 420, and a memory 430. The memory 430 can be used to store a receive beam or the like, and can also be used to store code and the like executed by the processor 410. Wherein, the transceiver 420 can be implemented by a receiver.
用户设备400中的各个组件通过总线系统440耦合在一起,其中总线系统440除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。The various components in user device 400 are coupled together by a bus system 440, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
图27所示的用户设备300或图28所示的用户设备400能够实现前述方法实施例中由用户设备所实现的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The user equipment 300 shown in FIG. 27 or the user equipment 400 shown in FIG. 28 can implement various processes implemented by the user equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
应注意,本发明上述方法实施例可以应用于处理器中,或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the above described method embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a processor or implemented by a processor. The processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
可以理解,本发明实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以 是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It is to be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can Read-Only Memory (ROM), Programmable Read ROM (PROM), Erasable PROM (EPROM), EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM). SDRAM), Double Data Rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (ESDRAM), Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
图29是本发明一个实施例的高频基站的结构框图。图29所示的高频基站500为高低频混合组网系统中的高频基站,高频基站500包括生成单元510和发送单元520。Figure 29 is a block diagram showing the structure of a high frequency base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. The high frequency base station 500 shown in FIG. 29 is a high frequency base station in a high and low frequency hybrid networking system, and the high frequency base station 500 includes a generating unit 510 and a transmitting unit 520.
生成单元510,用于生成同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数。The generating unit 510 is configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe A DLBP is included, the DLBP including Nu subintervals, each of which transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one.
发送单元520,用于将所述同步信息发送至用户设备。The sending unit 520 is configured to send the synchronization information to the user equipment.
其中,所述用户设备处于所述高低频混合组网系统中。The user equipment is in the high and low frequency hybrid networking system.
本发明实施例中,高频基站在特殊子帧中发送同步信息,UE通过接收特殊子帧中的同步信号,完成与高频基站的同步,这样有利于UE快速接入高频系统,节省接入时的功耗。In the embodiment of the present invention, the high-frequency base station transmits the synchronization information in the special subframe, and the UE completes the synchronization with the high-frequency base station by receiving the synchronization signal in the special subframe, which facilitates the UE to quickly access the high-frequency system and saves the connection. Power consumption at the time of entry.
其中,Nu和Nd的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Nd=16,Nu=12;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Nd=12,Nu=8;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Nd=8,Nu=6。Among them, the values of Nu and Nd are related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Nd=16, Nu=12; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Nd=12, Nu=8; When the frequency used by the high-frequency base station is 14 GHz, Nd=8 and Nu=6.
其中,DLBP的所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个OFDM符号。所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM 符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。Wherein each of the subintervals of the DLBP includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two OFDM symbols. First OFDM of the at least two OFDM symbols The symbol is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and the second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
具体的,所述第二OFDM符号可以用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列。其中,所述特定序列包括所述高频基站的ID、所述特定序列所在的时间片的ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。Specifically, the second OFDM symbol can be used to send a specific sequence of the secondary synchronization signal. The specific sequence includes an ID of the high frequency base station, an ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
应注意,关于主同步信号与辅同步信号可以参见前述图9和图10的具体描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, regarding the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal, reference may be made to the foregoing detailed description of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
其中,所述特殊子帧还可以包括RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP,如前述图4至图7所示。每个子区间还可包括分别位于所述Nd个时间片之后的Nd个切换保护间隔SGP,如前述图8所示。The special subframe may further include an RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP, as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 above. Each subinterval may further include Nd switching guard intervals SGP respectively located after the Nd time slices, as shown in FIG. 8 above.
另外,本发明实施例中,所述同步无线帧还包括一般子帧,所述一般子帧包括8个长度为0.125毫秒的时隙,所述时隙包括Ns个OFDM符号,其中,Ns为正整数。作为一例,可以如图2所示。In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the synchronous radio frame further includes a general subframe, where the general subframe includes eight time slots having a length of 0.125 milliseconds, and the time slot includes Ns OFDM symbols, where Ns is positive. Integer. As an example, it can be as shown in FIG. 2.
其中,Ns的值与系统所使用的频点有关。例如,当所述高频基站所采用的频点为72GHz时,Ns=80;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为28GHz时,Ns=40;当所述高频基站所采用的频点为14GHz时,Ns=20。Among them, the value of Ns is related to the frequency used by the system. For example, when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 72 GHz, Ns=80; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is 28 GHz, Ns=40; when the frequency used by the high frequency base station is When the point is 14 GHz, Ns=20.
本发明实施例中,高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期可以为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。即,每M个无线帧中包括一个同步无线帧和M-1个一般无线帧。这里,M可以等于1。In the embodiment of the present invention, the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high-frequency base station may be the length of the M radio frames, where M is a positive integer. That is, one synchronous radio frame and M-1 general radio frames are included in every M radio frames. Here, M can be equal to 1.
可选地,作为一个实施例,发送单元520,具体用于:使用Nd个不同的发送波束发送所述Nd个同步信号。Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending unit 520 is specifically configured to: send the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd different transmit beams.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,发送单元520,具体用于:在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的,且所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。Optionally, as another embodiment, the sending unit 520 is specifically configured to: send, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, the synchronization signal, on the first special subframe in the synchronization information; The second sequence of subframes transmits the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams. The second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence, and the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
具体的,该理解可以为:在第一特殊子帧的DLBP上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在第二特殊子帧的DLBP上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号。或者,该理解也可以为:在第一特殊子帧的DLBP的每个子区间上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;在第二特殊子帧的DLBP的每个子区间上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同 步信号。Specifically, the understanding may be: transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, on the DLBP of the first special subframe, and transmitting, by using a second sequence of transmit beam, on the DLBP of the second special subframe. Said synchronization signal. Alternatively, the understanding may also be: transmitting the synchronization signal using a first sequence of transmit beams on each subinterval of the DLBP of the first special subframe; using each subinterval of the DLBP of the second special subframe, The second sequence of transmit beams transmits the same Step signal.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes a special subframe. Then, the first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame. The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧。其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N special subframes. The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes. frame. Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
其中,若每个同步无线帧包括2N+1个特殊子帧。那么,所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧或者为第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;所述第二特殊子帧为所述第一同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧或者为所述第二同步无线帧中的2N+1个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧。其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Wherein, each synchronous radio frame includes 2N+1 special subframes. Then, the first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronization radio frame or the 2N+1 special subframes in the second synchronization radio frame. a 2i+1 special subframe; the second special subframe is a 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N+1 special subframes in the first synchronous radio frame or the second synchronization The 2ith special subframe of 2N+1 special subframes in the radio frame. The second synchronous radio frame is a next synchronous radio frame adjacent to the first synchronous radio frame, where N is a positive integer, and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
举例来说,第一同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧301,第二同步无线帧可以为图3中的同步无线帧302。For example, the first synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 301 in FIG. 3, and the second synchronous radio frame may be the synchronous radio frame 302 in FIG.
具体的,关于该实施例可以参见前述图13至图19的相应描述,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。For details, refer to the corresponding descriptions of the foregoing FIG. 13 to FIG. 19 for the embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
本发明实施例中,高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,两个相邻的特殊子帧上使用不同的发送波束的顺序(循环移位),这样,使得UE在进行下行同步时,能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, in the radio frame structure used by the high-frequency base station, the sequence of different transmit beams (cyclic shift) is used on two adjacent special subframes, so that the UE can ensure downlink synchronization. All combinations of the receive beam of the UE and the transmit beam of the high frequency base station are traversed to ensure synchronization efficiency and quality.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,所述特殊子帧还包括位于所述DLBP之后的CS,所述CS传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。发送单元520,具体用于:使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束发送所述Nd个同步信号;使用所述Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的前K个发送波束发送所述K个同步信号。Optionally, as another embodiment, the special subframe further includes a CS located after the DLBP, where the CS transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. The sending unit 520 is specifically configured to: send the Nd synchronization signals by using Nd first-order transmit beams; and send the K synchronization signals by using the first K transmit beams in the Nd first-order transmit beams. .
或者,也可以理解为,特殊子帧还可包括位于所述DLBP之前的CP,所述CP传输K个同步信号,其中,K为小于Nd的正整数。其中,每个子 区间的Nd个同步信号是高频基站使用Nd个第一顺序的发送波束进行发送的。CP的K个同步信号是高频基站使用所述Nd个第一顺序的发送波束中的后K个发送波束进行发送的。也就是说,CP按照DLBP的最后一个子区间的后K个发送波束的顺序依次切换发送波束以发送同步信号。Alternatively, it can also be understood that the special subframe may further include a CP located before the DLBP, and the CP transmits K synchronization signals, where K is a positive integer smaller than Nd. Among them, each child The Nd synchronization signals of the interval are transmitted by the high frequency base station using Nd first order transmission beams. The K synchronization signals of the CP are transmitted by the high frequency base station using the last K transmission beams of the Nd first order transmission beams. That is, the CP sequentially switches the transmit beams in the order of the last K transmit beams of the last subinterval of the DLBP to transmit the synchronization signal.
本发明实施例中,高频基站使用的无线帧结构中,特殊子帧上额外增加了CS(或者CP)以额外使用K个发送波束发送同步信号。这样,使得UE在进行下行同步时,利用附加接收时延能够保证遍历UE的接收波束与高频基站的发送波束的所有组合,从而保证同步的效率和质量。In the embodiment of the present invention, in the radio frame structure used by the high-frequency base station, a CS (or CP) is additionally added to the special subframe to additionally use the K transmit beams to transmit the synchronization signal. In this way, when the UE performs downlink synchronization, the additional reception delay can ensure that all combinations of the reception beam of the UE and the transmission beam of the high-frequency base station are ensured, thereby ensuring synchronization efficiency and quality.
应注意,本发明实施例中,发送单元520可以由收发器实现,生成单元510可以由处理器实现。如图30所示,高频基站600可以包括处理器610、收发器620和存储器630。其中,存储器630可以用于存储发送波束等,还可以用于存储处理器610执行的代码等。其中,收发器620可以由发送器实现。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 520 may be implemented by a transceiver, and the generating unit 510 may be implemented by a processor. As shown in FIG. 30, the high frequency base station 600 can include a processor 610, a transceiver 620, and a memory 630. The memory 630 can be used to store a transmit beam or the like, and can also be used to store code and the like executed by the processor 610. The transceiver 620 can be implemented by a transmitter.
高频基站600中的各个组件通过总线系统640耦合在一起,其中总线系统640除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。The various components in the high frequency base station 600 are coupled together by a bus system 640, which in addition to the data bus includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
图29所示的高频基站500或图30所示的高频基站600能够实现前述方法实施例中由高频基站所实现的各个过程,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The high-frequency base station 500 shown in FIG. 29 or the high-frequency base station 600 shown in FIG. 30 can implement the various processes implemented by the high-frequency base station in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
应注意,本发明上述方法实施例可以应用于处理器中,或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the above described method embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a processor or implemented by a processor. The processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The above described processor may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
可以理解,本发明实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以 是ROM、PROM、EPROM、EEPROM或闪存。易失性存储器可以是RAM,其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如SRAM、DRAM、SDRAM、DDR SDRAM、ESDRAM、SLDRAM和DR RAM。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It is to be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can It is ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM or flash memory. The volatile memory can be RAM, which acts as an external cache. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as SRAM, DRAM, SDRAM, DDR SDRAM, ESDRAM, SLDRAM, and DR RAM. It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质 中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种下行同步的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for downlink synchronization, characterized in that it comprises:
    用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括下行同步及波束训练区间DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;The user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high-frequency base station, and the synchronization information is carried by the synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special sub-frame The frame includes a downlink synchronization and a beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
    所述用户设备根据所述同步信息进行同步。The user equipment synchronizes according to the synchronization information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。The method according to claim 1, wherein each of the subintervals comprises Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice comprises at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the at least two The first OFDM symbol in the OFDM symbol is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and the second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二OFDM符号用于发送所述辅同步信号的特定序列,The method according to claim 2, wherein said second OFDM symbol is used to transmit a specific sequence of said secondary synchronization signal,
    其中,所述特定序列包括所述特定序列所在的时间片的标识ID、以及所述特定序列所在的子区间的ID。The specific sequence includes an identification ID of a time slice in which the specific sequence is located, and an ID of a subinterval in which the specific sequence is located.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that
    在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;And transmitting, by the high frequency base station, the synchronization signal by using a first sequence of transmit beams on a first special subframe in the synchronization information;
    在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号,In the second special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal by using a second sequence of transmission beams,
    其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。Wherein the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;The method of claim 4 wherein each of the synchronized radio frames comprises a special subframe;
    所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
    其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;The method according to claim 4, wherein each of the synchronous radio frames comprises 2N special subframes;
    所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第 二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, where the The second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
    其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  7. 根据权利要求4至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, including:
    所述用户设备根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定同步检测窗口的起始位置;Determining, by the user equipment, a starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system;
    所述用户设备使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。The user equipment separately receives a Nu group synchronization signal from the starting position using Nu different receiving beams, wherein each group of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
  8. 根据权利要求4至7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。The method according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述用户设备接收高频基站发送的同步信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein before the user equipment receives the synchronization information sent by the high frequency base station, the method further includes:
    接收低频基站发送的无线资源控制RRC信令,其中所述RRC信令包括:Receiving radio resource control RRC signaling sent by the low frequency base station, where the RRC signaling includes:
    所述高频基站所采用的频点,和/或,Nd的值。The frequency point used by the high frequency base station, and/or the value of Nd.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述特殊子帧还包括预留数据区间RDP以及上下行切换保护间隔GP。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the special subframe further comprises a reserved data interval RDP and an uplink and downlink handover protection interval GP.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述高频基站所使用的所述同步无线帧的周期为M个无线帧的长度,其中,M为正整数。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the period of the synchronous radio frame used by the high frequency base station is the length of M radio frames, where M is a positive integer.
  12. 一种下行同步的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for downlink synchronization, characterized in that it comprises:
    高频基站生成同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括下行同步及波束训练区间DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;The high frequency base station generates synchronization information, the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, the synchronous radio frame includes at least one special subframe, and the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes downlink synchronization. And a beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of the subintervals transmitting Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
    所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至用户设备。The high frequency base station transmits the synchronization information to a user equipment.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。The method according to claim 12, wherein each of the subintervals comprises Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice comprises at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the at least two The first OFDM symbol in the OFDM symbol is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and the second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  14. 根据权利要求12至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述高频基站将所述同步信息发送至所述用户设备,包括: The method according to any one of claims 12 to 13, wherein the high frequency base station sends the synchronization information to the user equipment, including:
    在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;And transmitting, by the high frequency base station, the synchronization signal by using a first sequence of transmit beams on a first special subframe in the synchronization information;
    在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号,In the second special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal by using a second sequence of transmission beams,
    其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。Wherein the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;The method of claim 14 wherein each of the synchronized radio frames comprises a special subframe;
    所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
    其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;The method according to claim 14, wherein each of the synchronous radio frames comprises 2N special subframes;
    所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
    其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  17. 根据权利要求14至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  18. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收高频基站发送的同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括下行同步及波束训练区间DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;a receiving unit, configured to receive synchronization information sent by a high frequency base station, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where The special subframe includes a downlink synchronization and a beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, and each of the subintervals transmits Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
    处理单元,用于根据所述同步信息进行同步。And a processing unit, configured to perform synchronization according to the synchronization information.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。The user equipment according to claim 18, wherein each of the subintervals comprises Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice comprises at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the at least two The first OFDM symbol in the OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and the second OFDM symbol in the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的用户设备,其特征在于, User equipment according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that
    在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;And transmitting, by the high frequency base station, the synchronization signal by using a first sequence of transmit beams on a first special subframe in the synchronization information;
    在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,所述高频基站使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号,In the second special subframe in the synchronization information, the high frequency base station transmits the synchronization signal by using a second sequence of transmission beams,
    其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。Wherein the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的用户设备,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;The user equipment according to claim 20, wherein each of the synchronous radio frames comprises a special subframe;
    所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
    其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的用户设备,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;The user equipment according to claim 20, wherein each of the synchronous radio frames comprises 2N special subframes;
    所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
    其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  23. 根据权利要求20至22任一项所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述接收单元,具体用于:The user equipment according to any one of claims 20 to 22, wherein the receiving unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述系统中的低频基站发送的低频信号确定同步检测窗口的起始位置;Determining a starting position of the synchronization detection window according to the low frequency signal sent by the low frequency base station in the system;
    使用Nu个不同的接收波束从所述起始位置开始分别接收Nu组同步信号,其中,每组同步信号包括Nd个同步信号。The Nu group synchronization signals are respectively received from the start position using Nu different receive beams, wherein each set of synchronization signals includes Nd synchronization signals.
  24. 根据权利要求20至23任一项所述的用户设备,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。The user equipment according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
  25. 一种高频基站,其特征在于,包括:A high frequency base station, comprising:
    生成单元,用于生成同步信息,所述同步信息由同步无线帧承载,所述同步无线帧包括至少一个特殊子帧,所述特殊子帧用于传输同步信号,其中,所述特殊子帧包括下行同步及波束训练区间DLBP,所述DLBP包括Nu个子区间,所述每个子区间传输Nd个同步信号,其中Nu和Nd为大于1的正整数;a generating unit, configured to generate synchronization information, where the synchronization information is carried by a synchronous radio frame, where the synchronization radio frame includes at least one special subframe, where the special subframe is used to transmit a synchronization signal, where the special subframe includes a downlink synchronization and beam training interval DLBP, the DLBP includes Nu subintervals, each of the subintervals transmitting Nd synchronization signals, where Nu and Nd are positive integers greater than one;
    发送单元,用于将所述同步信息发送至所述用户设备。 And a sending unit, configured to send the synchronization information to the user equipment.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的高频基站,其特征在于,所述每个子区间包括Nd个时间片,所述每个时间片的长度包括至少两个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第一OFDM符号用于发送主同步信号,所述至少两个OFDM符号中的第二OFDM符号用于发送辅同步信号。The high frequency base station according to claim 25, wherein each of the subintervals includes Nd time slices, and the length of each time slice includes at least two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the at least A first one of the two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a primary synchronization signal, and a second one of the at least two OFDM symbols is used to transmit a secondary synchronization signal.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的高频基站,其特征在于,所述发送单元,具体用于:The high-frequency base station according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the transmitting unit is specifically configured to:
    在所述同步信息中的第一特殊子帧上,使用第一顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号;Transmitting, by using a first sequence of transmit beams, the synchronization signal on a first special subframe in the synchronization information;
    在所述同步信息中的第二特殊子帧上,使用第二顺序的发送波束发送所述同步信号,Transmitting the synchronization signal using a second sequence of transmit beams on a second special subframe in the synchronization information,
    其中,所述第二顺序是由所述第一顺序经过循环移位生成的。Wherein the second sequence is generated by cyclic shifting of the first sequence.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的高频基站,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括一个特殊子帧;The high frequency base station according to claim 27, wherein each of the synchronous radio frames includes a special subframe;
    所述第一特殊子帧为第一同步无线帧中的特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为第二同步无线帧中的特殊子帧;The first special subframe is a special subframe in the first synchronization radio frame, and the second special subframe is a special subframe in the second synchronization radio frame;
    其中,所述第二同步无线帧为与所述第一同步无线帧相邻的下一个同步无线帧。The second synchronization radio frame is a next synchronization radio frame adjacent to the first synchronization radio frame.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的高频基站,其特征在于,每个同步无线帧包括2N个特殊子帧;The high frequency base station according to claim 27, wherein each of the synchronous radio frames comprises 2N special subframes;
    所述第一特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i个特殊子帧,所述第二特殊子帧为所述2N个特殊子帧中的第2i+1个特殊子帧;The first special subframe is the 2ith special subframe of the 2N special subframes, and the second special subframe is the 2i+1th special subframe of the 2N special subframes;
    其中,N为正整数,i为小于或等于N的正整数。Where N is a positive integer and i is a positive integer less than or equal to N.
  30. 根据权利要求27至29任一项所述的高频基站,其特征在于,所述循环移位的时间片的长度大于所述系统的高低频时延。 The high frequency base station according to any one of claims 27 to 29, characterized in that the length of the cyclically shifted time slice is greater than the high and low frequency delay of the system.
PCT/CN2016/102381 2015-10-23 2016-10-18 Downlink synchronization method, user equipment and base station WO2017067436A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201510698107.2A CN106612540B (en) 2015-10-23 2015-10-23 Downlink synchronization method, user equipment and base station
CN201510698107.2 2015-10-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017067436A1 true WO2017067436A1 (en) 2017-04-27

Family

ID=58556729

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/102381 WO2017067436A1 (en) 2015-10-23 2016-10-18 Downlink synchronization method, user equipment and base station

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN106612540B (en)
WO (1) WO2017067436A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108513719A (en) * 2018-04-04 2018-09-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmit the method and device of synchronized broadcast block
WO2018227450A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Frequency location indexing for a wideband component carrier
CN115695116A (en) * 2022-11-07 2023-02-03 四川工商学院 Tracking transmission control method and device based on time synchronization

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106712883B (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-10-09 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 Realize method, apparatus, base station and the user equipment of time synchronization
CN116579121A (en) * 2023-03-23 2023-08-11 西南交通大学 Man-machine cooperation disassembly line balancing method for recycling power battery module

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101162986A (en) * 2007-11-09 2008-04-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signal transmitting method on downlink special time slot of TDD system
CN101447815A (en) * 2007-11-27 2009-06-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Shaped-beam transmission method and shaped-beam transmission device
CN102316508A (en) * 2009-01-13 2012-01-11 华为技术有限公司 Information sending and obtaining method, apparatus thereof and system thereof
CN103748801A (en) * 2011-07-28 2014-04-23 三星电子株式会社 Apparatus and method for beamforming in wireless communication system
CN103891161A (en) * 2011-10-19 2014-06-25 三星电子株式会社 Uplink control method and apparatus in wireless communication system
US20140321375A1 (en) * 2013-04-25 2014-10-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for acquiring high frequency carrier in a wireless communication network

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006133599A1 (en) * 2005-06-15 2006-12-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and system for channel quality estimation
US8204025B2 (en) * 2007-11-09 2012-06-19 Zte (Usa) Inc. Flexible OFDM/OFDMA frame structure for communication systems
US8488662B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2013-07-16 Mediatek Inc. Receiver bit rate processing
CN101635595B (en) * 2008-07-24 2013-12-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for subchannelization and resource mapping of radio resources
US9397745B2 (en) * 2010-05-18 2016-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Hybrid satellite and mesh network system for aircraft and ship internet service
CN104734759B (en) * 2013-12-20 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wave beam recognition methods, relevant device and system in MIMO beamforming communication system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101162986A (en) * 2007-11-09 2008-04-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signal transmitting method on downlink special time slot of TDD system
CN101447815A (en) * 2007-11-27 2009-06-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Shaped-beam transmission method and shaped-beam transmission device
CN102316508A (en) * 2009-01-13 2012-01-11 华为技术有限公司 Information sending and obtaining method, apparatus thereof and system thereof
CN103748801A (en) * 2011-07-28 2014-04-23 三星电子株式会社 Apparatus and method for beamforming in wireless communication system
CN103891161A (en) * 2011-10-19 2014-06-25 三星电子株式会社 Uplink control method and apparatus in wireless communication system
US20140321375A1 (en) * 2013-04-25 2014-10-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for acquiring high frequency carrier in a wireless communication network

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018227450A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Frequency location indexing for a wideband component carrier
US10517093B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2019-12-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Frequency location indexing for a wideband component carrier
CN111464277A (en) * 2017-06-15 2020-07-28 华为技术有限公司 Frequency position index for wideband component carrier
CN111464277B (en) * 2017-06-15 2021-06-04 华为技术有限公司 Frequency position index for wideband component carrier
US11240804B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2022-02-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Frequency location indexing for a wideband component carrier
CN108513719A (en) * 2018-04-04 2018-09-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmit the method and device of synchronized broadcast block
CN115695116A (en) * 2022-11-07 2023-02-03 四川工商学院 Tracking transmission control method and device based on time synchronization
CN115695116B (en) * 2022-11-07 2023-08-01 四川工商学院 Tracking signaling control method and device based on time synchronization

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106612540A (en) 2017-05-03
CN106612540B (en) 2020-12-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109923827B (en) Synchronization signal transmission techniques for peak-to-average power ratio reduction
CN111278135B (en) Signal transmission method and device
WO2017067436A1 (en) Downlink synchronization method, user equipment and base station
RU2730084C1 (en) Information transmission method, terminal device and network device
KR20160013031A (en) Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving paging in a beam formed wireless communication network
CN111541527A (en) Downlink synchronization method, device and system
KR102487332B1 (en) Signal transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN107734602B (en) Synchronous processing method, device and equipment
JP6740367B2 (en) System information transmission method, base station and terminal
WO2010121432A1 (en) Uplink synchronization method and apparatus
CN109121222B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN105493582A (en) Method and device for detecting uplink synchronization signal in each step in wireless access system supporting high frequency band
KR20160051790A (en) Method and apparatus for detecting uplink synchronization signal of each level in wireless access system supporting high-frequency band
WO2019033396A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
AU2018416731A1 (en) Information indication method and device, and computer storage medium
CN110913495A (en) Random access method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN108476491B (en) Wireless communication method, device and system
JP2022532351A (en) Communication method, terminal device, network device in D2D system
EP3836717A1 (en) User device and signal monitoring method
US10383038B2 (en) Apparatus and methods for providing and receiving system information in a wireless communications network
TWI744507B (en) Method for determining detection range of control channel in multi-beam system and apparatus
CN110945953B (en) System and method for advancing random access preamble transmission
CN114902582A (en) Method, apparatus, and computer storage medium for communication
WO2019168451A1 (en) Method and node(s) for providing synchronization signals of a wireless communication network
RU2772977C1 (en) Method for signal transmission, terminal apparatus and network apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16856867

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16856867

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1